# Category: Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1981

## TRUE PARENTS AND OUR RESPONSIBILITY

By Fami1yfed June 20, 2018 June 20, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1981

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### December 27, 1981
Belvedere
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

#### Copyright (c) 1981 by Holy Spirit Association for the Unification of World Christianity.

Only those of us in the Unification Church use the terminology “True Parents.” If we did not have this terminology, we would probably not experience so much persecution. Society rejects the unity you have with True Parents. Of course, if True Parents were not here, there would be no Unification Church and you would not be here either.

If the Unification Church originates with True Parents, where do the True Parents come from? Today we must clearly understand the origin of the term “True Parents.” Who is Reverend Moon? An ordinary definition would be that Reverend Moon is simply a Korean leading a religious movement. Many Westerners reject the notion of a religious leader coming here from the Orient; they feel they don’t need such a thing. This subconscious rejection is truly a problem.

The center of Western civilization is basically Judeo-Christian. Where did Christianity originate? It began with Jesus Christ, who came from the Middle East. Two thousand years ago, the Roman Empire wanted nothing to do with Jesus Christ. He was described as an Asian and a Jew, and the Romans certainly didn’t feel any need for such a religious leader. They could not understand that he was sent by God.

Looking back further, let us consider Moses, who began the Jewish religion. The Jewish faith originated in the Middle East. Jacob’s descendants, the Israelites, were the race upon which the Jewish religion was founded. People seldom realize that God was the true origin of Judaism and Christianity. They usually look at the superficial aspects of religion, without investigating the core. When we compare Judaism, Christianity, and the Unification Church, we find many resemblances. In fact, those who look at them externally may wonder what the differences are.

People seldom realize that God’s dispensation develops step by step. A religion begins on a small base and expands to the largest scale, the universal scale. The religion, which Jacob began, was comparable to a family-level religion. Moses founded a tribal religion. Jesus was the originator of a national-level religion. Now the Unification Church has come as a religion on the worldwide level. God has been building upon the same foundation, but always expanding His work through the birth of each of these religions. Sometimes people say we are boasting by calling the Unification Church the highest level religion. However, the truth is that no matter what we claim, unless God is actively participating in our religion, it will never succeed.

There are several levels of schooling in the American educational system: elementary, middle school, high school, and university. Some students might claim that their elementary school is the best in the country and later, when they go to middle or high school, also feel they are attending the best one. Such students, however, have no frame of reference beyond their own school; they are confined within it. Someone observing the overall scheme of education realizes that no level of schooling is complete in itself, but is merely one step in the process of education.

No one can say that the knowledge he gained in elementary school was unnecessary. Without the training you received there, you would never have learned the alphabet! No matter how far you go in the educational system, you rely upon the learning you gained from all previous levels of schooling. When people begin their education, they embark upon a long process, which for some will culminate in advanced degrees. By the same token, when God began His process of religion for mankind, His desire was to carry that process to the ultimate goal.

Some people might think they don’t need the educational system. They want to enjoy “freedom” on all levels and still reach the university level some day-all on their own terms. But the only point at which a person can enjoy true freedom from the educational process is when he completes the highest level for his field and is ready to embark upon his career. He cannot indulge in random “freedom” in order to reach that highest level of learning; he must work at it.

### The Use and Abuse of Freedom

What is freedom? The Western world today is intoxicated by the concept of freedom, but in reality, freedom is abused everywhere. People don’t want to be bothered with the process of gaining true freedom; they want total freedom now. If a nation or society wishes to enjoy true freedom it must be guided by a certain order and rules. A student must obey the regulations of his school in order to enjoy freedom within that school. The freedom of a society must be sacred and it must be guarded by authority.

If a school principal wished to be exempt from all the rules and regulations of the school, he would not be a true representative of authority. If he were to go out and get drunk, forgetting his school responsibilities, the students and teachers under him would never respect him. When freedom is abused and misused, its dignity is lost and disaster is the inevitable result.

Since I am the leader of the Unification Church, can I follow my whims and do anything I wish? Not at all. I must be the first to observe the principles and laws of the Unification Church and God. Only based on such observance can I be a truly free person and maintain authority as a leader. God Himself is guided by the same principle; God created all the laws of the universe, so He must be the first to uphold them. Why do we have rules and laws within the Unification Church? It is because we need a foundation of law and principle in order to consummate freedom.

What figures in history truly fulfilled the meaning of freedom? Only those who lived up to every iota of the law and principle. By laying that kind of groundwork, they could experience true freedom. This applies to the past, present, and future. More than any other being God longs to experience total freedom. With such a desire, He would have to be the first one to observe the laws and principles which He created-in the past, present, and future.

You must be liberated from any conditions or hooks, which can restrict your freedom. Your life should be clear of any limitations upon your freedom, not only in the present but in the future as well if you are to be a truly free person.

After I have gone to the spirit world, many scholars and authorities will discuss the pros and cons of the philosophy I have taught. Such discussions, however, originate from the limited viewpoints of human beings. The important perspective is God’s. As long as God guides me and sees that my actions conform to universal law, no one will ever be able to accuse or destroy anything I have done.

As one’s level of understanding rises, the regulations, which guided him at an earlier stage, become less important. For example, in a university, the rules, which restrict elementary students, are sometimes disregarded or even totally reversed. As one step in the process is completed, focus shifts to the next one; each level is the foundation for the following one. A student who completes middle school does not return to kindergarten rules; he looks forward to the realm of high school and its rules.

The kindergarten student might protest the actions of a high school student, but that high school student has already fulfilled the requirements of the lower level and is now bound by a higher law. Once you have graduated from a lower level, you are no longer bound by its hooks. The person who has risen to the top has already fulfilled all the laws of the lower levels; he is on a higher plateau.

Smoking is forbidden in elementary school, for instance, but when a student goes to the university, there is no prohibition against smoking. Neither is he discouraged from dating; he is invited to proms, parties, and the like. At each level, the laws and regulations vary, and higher levels have the power to embrace lower ones. As you grow, you need each level of rules and regulations in turn, but once you have gone beyond a certain stage, living by the rules of an earlier stage would actually inhibit your growth. Every step along the way is important; you must observe every step.

You may sometimes think, “I want to have total freedom. In fact, I want Father and the Church to follow my desires and my way of life.” Do you think your way is above the Church’s way, or should you follow the Unification Church’s ways and regulations? One of those regulations is to attend 6:00 a.m. Sunday service at Belvedere. You may wonder why we have such a peculiar law. Perhaps you wish we could be a little more “civilized.” This is Christmas weekend; everybody else in the world is resting and enjoying themselves, so you probably want to do the same. We must understand clearly why we observe these rules and regulations.

### Freedom, Order, and the Universe

Freedom prospers only upon the strict observance of certain laws. The purpose of freedom is not to destroy order. Young people in America today commonly feel that their parents are old fashioned. They talk a lot about the generation gap. They feel that their parents cannot understand them, so they just push them aside. They also tend to disregard the laws of society. “I am free,” they say, “So I want to do whatever I feel like doing.” However, these are words, which Satan whispers into their ears. Such an attitude is most destructive not only to society and the nation, but also to the person himself.

Some women teachers in the United States have actually been raped by their students. Is this freedom? All kinds of vandalism and destruction to school property have been done in the name of “freedom.” This is most ridiculous and totally offensive to God’s laws and human decency. No one in the Unification Church would ever live like that.

With such abuse of freedom by its citizens, no society or nation can long endure. That is not freedom at all. Anyone who claims such freedom is ignorant of the nature of eternity and the spirit world. The spirit world is a realm of order, discipline, and regulations. That world will reject such a person. Hell in the spirit world is the container for such abusers. There are spaces in hell reserved for those who indulge in such so-called freedom here on earth. This world has many more candidates for hell than for heaven. Is this just my opinion or do you think it is the truth?

The universe, which God created, is characterized by distinct law and order, both vertical and horizontal. There is always upper and lower, right and left, front and rear. If someone’s position is to stand in the rear, he cannot simply say, “I don’t like to stand back here; I want to stand in front.” Somebody has to be in the front and somebody has to be in the rear. There is a certain prescribed order. If someone is designated to stand in front, it is because he has certain qualifications to be there. Likewise, the person in the rear was assigned there for a logical reason, not out of whim. Everybody must strive to gain the highest position possible within the law.

In an elementary school classroom, the shorter children are supposed to sit in front. What if one of the taller boys demanded a front seat, since he is “free”? The only way he could qualify to sit in front would be if he somehow made himself shorter. He must observe this law or regulation because it brings harmony to the whole group. If he sits up front, the smaller boys and girls won’t be able to see the blackboard. Of course, this is simply common sense and most people would see the obvious reason for such a regulation.

Let’s say a certain girl is totally free, running around and disturbing everybody else. She would have to be contained somehow in order to protect the welfare and peace of all the other people around her. If she were allowed to run wild she would destroy the peace of others. This is simple logic. Any society which accepts the abuse of freedom in its midst promotes disorder and will eventually decline. Do you want American society to fall into chaos? Certainly not. Then you must contain the destructive elements that are ruining the health of society. Young people who indulge themselves freely in wild activities are creating their own destiny in the cages of hell.

One day in Washington, D.C., I saw a girl walking around on the street wearing only the bottom of her bikini. She had nothing on top. I’m sure she was thinking, “I’m perfectly free; I’m at liberty to expose myself wherever I desire. So I will wear my topless bikini on the street in broad daylight.” Nobody said anything to her; people were walking by her, trying not to stare. Amazingly, one Oriental man who happened to be Reverend Moon was so disgusted by this that I scolded her and made her feel ashamed. There are two ways to react to such an incident: one person would feel apathetic and say, “I don’t care.” The other person will feel deeply concerned and want to do something to stop it. Which kind of reaction is needed for a healthy society? Certainly the second one. I don’t think that girl will go around in her topless bikini again.

I would like to see all Unification Church members reacting to their surroundings with a strong conscience not being apathetic at all. You must be people who care and who will work to build a healthy society. If a society continues to reject such efforts, it will eventually decline.

The Bible says, “Know the truth, and the truth will make you free.” Knowledge and understanding surely result in true freedom. You become a new person when you understand the Principle. You must throw off your old shackles. To become a new person is the true meaning of resurrection. The men and women who observe the divine laws here on earth will enjoy eternal freedom in the spirit world. The person who has observed the law with only 80 percent seriousness will go to a spirit world that is only 80 percent Heaven; 60 percent seriousness will result in 60 percent Heaven. But the person who observes 100 percent of the law will enjoy 100 percent of Heaven’s freedom.

Living the Principle here on earth is not easy, but the more a person strives to live by the Principle, the greater and more abundant the freedom he will enjoy in spirit world. The person, who leads an easy, lazy life here on earth will go to the lower realms in spirit world, or even down to hell. Hell is a necessity because there must be some receptacle for human trash. The law of cause and effect always operates. In the spirit world you reap the effect of whatever you have done here on earth. I would very much like to talk with you about the spirit world, but we are on a different subject today.

### The Current State of the U.S.A.

Any group, organization, or society has its own laws or creeds. The person who is the most serious about observing those laws will always be elevated to the leadership of his group. However, the one who merely follows his whims and emotions will never be elevated or revered by any society. There are so many elements within American society that tempt and entice people to abuse their freedoms. Giving in to these temptations will ultimately send people to hell. It is heartbreaking to see an environment, which encourages people to go only to hell, not to Heaven. It is a society, which sells tickets to hell.

The United States can only decline if such abuse of freedom continues. The entire world will contribute to America’s destruction. From the standpoint of God, this is a crisis situation. God’s emergency measure was to send Reverend Moon to America to turn around its moral climate in the other direction. When I first came here ten years ago, I declared that the United States would decline if it continued the way it was going. Everybody here concluded that I was ignorant of America; they considered the United States a great place and thought it would never decline.

U.S.A. is a God-given name. It begins with U, meaning “you” first, instead of “me”; S sounds like “yes”; and A is the first letter of the alphabet. The American people are first-class citizens of the world; they are number-one people. This is not bad, but because they have twisted their position to believe that they can do whatever they feel like, the effect is bad. God wants the American people to be number one in terms of living up to His expectation, in terms of obeying the laws of the Bible and adhering to God’s principles. This is the standard to be number one. If you can say yes to this way, that is great.

The laws of cause and effect states that you will harvest whatever you sow. If you read the speeches I gave ten years ago, you realize that my predictions were correct.

The members of the Unification Church have been commissioned to clean up this American society-using spiritual cleaning powder! When young people enter the Unification Church, they encounter a disciplined training program that allows them to turn their way of life around. Do you want to embrace this training and take on a tougher course than even the Japanese and Koreans-or do you want me to give you an easier way since this is the United States?

I have been criticized many times, even among our members, for doing things the “Korean way.” I tell you, the Korean way is not the heavenly way; therefore, what I am teaching is not the Korean way. I am not even promoting the Oriental way. The heavenly way is much harder and far more difficult than any Korean or Oriental way. Because our way is more difficult, even Korean and Japanese members fall away from the path. Of course, the ratios vary somewhat in the different countries. More people have fallen away in the United States than in Japan, and even fewer have fallen away in Korea. However, the same principle applies. The Korean people have experienced a history of suffering, so they have a built-in enduring power. Thus they are better able to persevere in this course.

In the Last Days, the winners will be those who can persevere and endure. Certainly Korea’s long history of suffering has enabled its people to endure this time better. My entire life has been one of persecution by societies and nations. There is one word that could be used to describe me: tough. Also, I have the power of endurance and perseverance. Even though I face a mountain of opposition day after day, I never dodge it; I always confront it head on. Right now we are facing a mountain of opposition from the U.S. government and from international communism. I will stand firm and fight until we make the breakthrough.

I am sure that whether they accept me or not, the world will eventually realize that Reverend Moon is a man who suffered for God and His cause. I will certainly be known as a man who was never timid about speaking out for God. Regardless of his race, every person will eventually recognize that I am extraordinary in that respect. My determination is to rise from hell into heaven. I may live and fight in hell throughout my entire life on this earth, but I will never give up. This is one reason why the Unification Church and Reverend Moon are controversial. I accept that.

### I Did Not Come to Pat People on the Back

I came to stir up debate and ignite a fire. I certainly did not come to pat people on the back. I am a controversy in both worlds. Satan certainly is in an uproar because of me. Even God feels I am quite a controversy at times!

Why has God declared such an emergency? Because I have been fighting so hard and have stirred up Satan and his forces so much, God has to help me out! Do you think God knows me well? Does Satan know me well too? I am well known both in Heaven and hell!

Who is encouraging my actions? Certainly not Satan. God and heavenly people are inspiring me. I have been living in hell, but my supporters are God and heavenly people. When a society gives its greatest opposition to godly people is it closer to Heaven or to hell? By this criterion, American society is closer to a hellish standard.

It is only logical for us to resolve to turn American society around and save it. Do you agree with this? The United States has strongly opposed me, so what do you feel you should do in response? You know that you should turn this negativity into positivity. How many people are in this room today? You are a tiny number compared to the 240 million people in this country and the vast majority of them oppose the things we say and do. So is our course an easy one?

You are receiving training in your daily life to enable you to avoid danger. You women especially must be able to protect yourselves in case someone tries to attack you. You must be able to sense the atmosphere around you and judge when danger is near. Of course, you should not walk alone but have a partner. It would be good to learn karate, too.

This is the final Sunday of 1981. We should prepare to meet 1982.

As a result of God sending the True Parents, you are members of the Unification Church. How do you know that True Parents did not come from Satan? In the Principle you have a dependable yardstick to measure good and evil; understanding it thoroughly will enable you to distinguish clearly whether a person is good or evil.

I have certainly given you many hardships to endure. My only intention in doing so, however, was to enable you to go anywhere and not only survive but be victorious. I want to make each of you part of God’s elite corps of champions, the top one percent. Would you be satisfied somewhere at the bottom of the list?

### God’s Champions

There are two different attitudes towards life among the members of the Unification Church. Some say: “I want to excel in everything I do and apply my utmost effort to achieve the goal.” But others say, “I’ll do whatever I can, as long as it doesn’t take too much effort.” Which attitude is yours’? The leaders of the future will come from those who give their utmost effort and take the Church’s burdens upon themselves.

Let me give you a simple example of the qualifications for leadership. Recently I invited many Church leaders to eat with me at a Chinese restaurant. Some of the groups were very greedy to start eating while others waited until everyone else had been served. Which do you think is more qualified to be a leader? Oriental custom provides built-in training in this area: young people are taught to wait until their elders are served. The Western way is the opposite: young people assert their right to eat first and are not taught much respect for their elders. From Heaven’s standpoint, those who have learned the Oriental standard in such a situation are more qualified to be leaders.

You say that you want to become leaders in the Unification Church. Therefore you should be willing to receive discipline and training, particularly in learning to serve older people. You should be able to gain universal acceptance from people of all societies and races. Those who adopt the standards of Heaven will achieve such universal acceptance. White people must be able to win the acceptance of the black community; likewise, black people must be able to gain the acceptance of the white community. You must be able to live and work with people from different races without harboring any secret resentment in your heart.

It is very possible that when white people go to the spirit world and try to enter the door to Heaven, they will be met by a black security guard. Black people will have to be accepted by a white security guard. Under those circumstances, would anybody say, “I don’t really need Heaven”? If you were criticized by the security guard for not loving his race, wouldn’t you ask him for forgiveness so that you could enter? You would be willing to do anything in order to gain admittance into Heaven.

Suppose you found Satan standing by the door to Heaven, holding a sharp spear. If you were soft, he could pierce you and take you to hell, but if you were strong like a rock he could not touch you. The best way to gain entry into God’s kingdom in Heaven is to obtain a certificate of recognition signed by Satan while you are still living on earth.

I have received many such certificates from Satan. One of the most dramatic was during the Blessing of the 36 couples. Incredible controversy erupted at that time; people were praying to God, “Please don’t let Reverend Moon take my son away. Let him die tonight instead.” Now many of those same people are completely transformed and have become dedicated members.

At the time of the 36 couple Blessing, the entire nation of Korea opposed me. I was a villain in the eyes of the country. However, the situation has greatly changed. Now many Koreans are saying that Reverend Moon’s ideology offers the only hope for the future of Korea and the world.

Japan is another good example. Several years ago in Japan, I was commonly thought of as a terrible person, a supreme monster. However, the general opinion today is that Reverend Moon’s teachings hold the only hope for stopping communism in Japan. Don’t you think the United States will follow the same pattern?

Satan has written me off as a hopeless case. I have been enduring his attacks and persevering in spite of them for such a long time, he has signed my certificate with no reservations.

One the various categories of people is that of true men and women. Do you wish to become true men and women only within the society of the Unification Church, or on a universal scale? You aim to become true people on the universal scale not because you are Moonies but because you understand the truth and can appreciate the greatest value.

### The Yardstick for True Men and Women

You can measure me by the yardstick of the Principle and tell if I am a true man or not. As a religious leader, I have done many unique things. No other religious leader of the past or present has been interested in assembling intellectuals of various faiths in order to help them direct their energies toward a more harmonious, peaceful world. Right now a conference is taking place in Hawaii with the unique title, “God: The Contemporary Discussion.” Top level theologians and thinkers are discussing various attitudes and beliefs about God. This is the first time such a conference has been organized and it was founded by Reverend Moon.

Christianity has been the source of the greatest opposition to me, but I have invested great amounts of energy and resources to help bring about a revival of Christianity. Jewish people as well have opposed me, but I teach that Judaism is the elder brother of the Unification Church. The Bible directs people to love those who persecute them. This has been my way of life.

What is the highest level to which someone could aspire: true man, true leader, true king, or true parent? Mankind is not hungry for a king or leader, but all people long for the love of a true parent. Don’t you, too? What kind of a title did God want to give to me? Do you reply “True Parent” just because you are Moonies? God wants to give the title True Parent to the person who has brought the deepest understanding of the universe and the aching heart of God, to the one who has shed the most tears and sweat for His sake.

During Jesus’ ministry there was no time when Judaism was truly close to embracing his teachings. However, at this time much dialogue has been occurring between representatives of Judaism, Christianity and the Unification Church. Two thousand years ago, Israel was a tiny country under the rule of the mighty Roman Empire. Similarly, the United States today is the Rome of the 20th century and Korea is under its dominion in almost every respect.

I have come to the mighty Rome of this era and have waged a war, in a way, against the social conditions here. Who do you think will surrender in defeat? Even though the government of the United States is bringing me into the courtroom, I will not be defeated. Instead, I shall declare a victory in that very place. Once that victory is proclaimed, it will prevent all possibility of our members ever having to shed their blood or die for the sake of God.

Suppose Jesus had been able to travel to Rome and wage a moral and spiritual crusade against that nation’s evils. Certainly the Roman authorities would have opposed him, but if he had been victorious over them, there would have been no need for the 400 years of terrible bloodshed and martyrdom which gave birth and power to the Christian religion. This is exactly what I am trying to accomplish today.

Communism is God’s worst enemy in His quest to build an ideal world. Who else but Reverend Moon is waging a worldwide battle against communism? Do you think God and His providence are headed in a direction opposite from me, or is God embracing me? The knowledge that God and history are embracing me gives me great confidence in our eventual victory. In the face of such support, no other power can defeat me. It doesn’t even matter if I am put into prison. Once I am liberated, the entire world will enjoy the same kind of liberation.

I know you feel that following me is a very difficult task. Sometimes you consider abandoning it. But even if you gave up, God would never give up, history would never give up, and I would never give up. Therefore, who would be left alone? The one who pulls away from God’s direction and guidance is actually withdrawing from the ultimate trend of history; he cuts himself off from the universe. Therefore, the consequences of joining this movement extend far beyond just the individual and his sphere. The individual who unites with God’s dispensation is joining with all of history-past, present, and future.

### True Parents’ and Our Responsibility

Everyone will inevitably go to the spirit world. How terrible it would be if someone couldn’t lift his face before God in the spirit world! Even in hell such a person would be an outcast. Those there would criticize him for being a real fool. “We came to hell out of ignorance of God and His principles,” they would say, “but you knew the truth and threw it away.” That would be the worst situation one could imagine. I would not want even one single person to find himself in such a horrible place in the spirit world.

My responsibility has been to pass on to you an understanding of truth. Once the student has learned from the teacher, the relationship between them is fulfilled and finished. Beyond the role of teacher, however, lies the role of true parent. A parent can never be finished with his children. God does not want the relationship between you and me to be just a student teacher relationship. God wants you to be able to stay with me forever. Therefore, God gave me the title of True Parent, and that position means we can never be separated. If I were no more than a judge or teacher, perhaps I could send you to hell. However, I cannot do it. As your parent, I would have to go down to hell with you and raise you out of it.

You must realize that God has been suffering throughout history to establish the title and position of True Parent on the earth. The True Parents are the expression of God’s great love for mankind. God’s intention is to save all people, including those who are now in hell. The words “True Parents” are precious, and the bond between mankind and True Parents is one of love. Brother, sister, president-no other title is greater, no other relationship more intimate. Only True Parents can bring the true relationship of love to mankind. Love and forgiveness are God’s way.

Someone sentenced to prison would want above everything else to be comforted and given hope for the future. He would welcome the love of an ordinary, secular person, but think how much more precious and comforting the presence of True Parents would be. They would bring with them the love of God and all the strength of history. You must realize the true meaning and origin of the title True Parents. I never invented this title; I never even sought to gain such a title. No one else has ever been capable of fulfilling this role or even willing to try. But because it was God’s wish, it was also my wish.

Our topic today is “The True Parents and Our Responsibility.” We have discussed the True Parents, so now we must understand our responsibility.

The True Parents’ task of finding and restoring true children is not easy. As each of you begins to follow the True Parents, you are opposed by the entire world-your family, your society, the news media. Yet even under such adverse circumstances, the True Parents must keep calling and trying to restore true children, one by one. Do I gain commercial benefit by doing this? Why do I do it? I must fulfill my role of True Parent. Behind those words lies the real significance of my life. At the core of those words is true love.

No person of sinful lineage is truly worthy of being called a true child of God; even if he came knocking on the door of Heaven hundreds of times, he could not be considered worthy of entering. But in reality, I am coming and knocking on the door of each one of you and reaching out to you. How can I bring you back into your proper position as true children of God? Only by taking on your burdens of sin myself, by claiming your sins as mine before God. Whatever mistakes you make within the Unification Church ultimately come upon my shoulders.

I came to the United States 10 years ago, and I have done nothing bad or wrong here. However, because my followers have made so many mistakes, the blame comes straight to me. The typical worldly standard would be to dismiss people who bring one suffering. However, the True Parent cannot do such a thing. Right now, the U.S. government is pressing a case against me in court. Legally speaking, I did not have to return to the United States and face this trial; it was only for the sake of you American members and your posterity that I am facing this. If I had tried to protect myself, then you would be open to attack. I could not let that happen. I will be your shield. I would rather be torn apart myself than for that to happen to you. I want you to understand that.

### The Past and the Present

We cannot abandon the great accomplishments and foundation we have laid. We must build on these victories. Think about human history. This is the first time the term True Parents has ever existed. In order to achieve the level of true parent, how many other levels have to be achieved’? You must begin with the level of true servant of servants and true beggar-even true martyr. No one can leap into the position of true parent if he does not go through all the levels beneath.

To get to the top of a staircase you must climb step by step from the lowest level. From the worst, most miserable position of human society, a person must climb up to the level of true parent. The power to climb all the way up is that of sacrificial love; it is the road of the cross. One must overcome such suffering in order to achieve the title of true parent. Each step must be mastered as you move up the path.

When you were introduced to the Principle, you also encountered various new terms: servant of servant, adopted son, and so forth. These words are more than just intellectual concepts. They represent the actual life I have lived and the actual steps I have climbed. Whenever you observe people in miserable situations in life, such as beggars and hungry people, think of the times when I was in their position. I was once a laborer, a dock worker, and a beggar.

When I was persecuted by the communist regime in North Korea, the police arrested me and tortured me until they thought I was dead. Don’t you realize that I could have felt resentment toward my situation at such times? I could have demanded of God, “Why are You allowing me to suffer like this? Why can’t You do something to protect me, since You are so great and powerful?” This would have been the common reaction. But even though my hands were bruised and bleeding, I clasped them in prayer for those who tortured me. I know that those who beat me were only acting on orders; they could not reject me completely. I longed to embrace them and forgive them. I refused to write them off. You also should not give up when you encounter opposition or difficulties.

When God looks at mankind, whom can He trust? To whom do the saints in the spirit world look for inspiration? Because God gave me the title of True Parent, I must fulfill my responsibility. With a parental heart, I look at each of you, at America, and at the world. The true parental heart is to love and forgive the child. Even if the child is being led to his execution for crimes he committed, the parent will keep trying until the very last minute to get his child’s sentence commuted. This has been my heart ever since coming to the United States. Without such a heart I could not have persevered here; I would have left long ago.

What is the true relationship between you and the True Parents? Is it a real, honest-to-goodness relationship or is it merely on the level of intellect? The concept of True Parents is logical, so perhaps you relate to us only as a concept. But what about your emotions, your heart in your day-to-day life? Do you feel the reality of the True Parents in your daily life?

When I look at you, I know that you are real children of God. As soon as you joined the Unification Church, you walked into eternity. I consider you eternal beings, and I care about your eternal life, not just this moment or next month or next year.

At the least, Unification Church members should feel some closeness and intimacy with the True Parents. Many people cannot have a real feeling about God since He is invisible; but the True Parents are right here, visible and tangible. You can talk with us, weep with us, and work with us. You should feel a heart-to-heart closeness with us.

Most of you had to give up your old lifestyles and former friends; you have even sacrificed your time with your families and relatives. To side with me, you have even had to disregard your nation, since public opinion has been against me. Why have you done all this? Because you know that ultimately you will be able to return to the mainstream of your nation, your society, and your family and restore them to God’s side. Since you understand this, you have determined to disregard such things temporarily. Even though you have had to sacrifice so much, you still love me. You made up your mind that the relationship you most need right now is the one with the True Parents. You have sacrificed the temporal things for the eternal things; once you gain eternal values you can easily claim temporal things.

Up to the present, spirit world has not been organized by families, societies, or nations but from now on, these shall be formed in the spirit world. Who will be the pioneers of the heavenly nation in the spirit world’? You and the True Parents. You may think you have lost everything in this world, but you are actually pioneering your greatest inheritance. You have gained eternal relationships based upon the condition of temporarily disregarding your physical and temporal relations.

### The Servant of Servants Course

The Washington Monument Rally was the culminating point of all your sacrifices, from the individual, to the family, society, national, and worldwide levels. What was the significance of that rally? Until then there was no heavenly world physically represented on the earth-only the realm of Satan. But at that point, the Unification movement achieved a worldwide level and formed a unity between the physical and spiritual worlds.

The beginning of the new age was declared on February 23, 1978 Year One of the Heavenly Kingdom. A new world and a new nation on Heaven’s side were formed. From then on we could truly wage a substantial battle against Satan’s realm. From that point forward you have been granted the position of judges and lawyers of the Heavenly Kingdom. Each one of you will have a certain position on the heavenly side.

In order to carry out that responsibility, however, you have to know the law. Therefore, you Unification Church members need to receive more heavenly reeducation so you can be truly good judges. You have to be able to receive an order from the True Parents, obey it and put it into practice. That is how you will be qualified to guide the world. There will be no true freedom until you fulfill yourselves by following the laws of Heaven.

I could proclaim my freedom and right to enjoy myself since I have consummated my responsibilities regarding the laws of Heaven, but I did not want to take that route. Even now I am living as a servant, because I desire only the ultimate heavenly freedom. Such a freedom can extend all the way into hell and not be diminished; hell itself can be transformed into Heaven.

I have been talking about myself today. Externally, I have lived as a servant of servants, but my heart has been that of a parent. This is how God has acted throughout history. He has gone forth in the shoes of a servant, but with the heart of a Father. You have True Parents in this physical world, but God Himself is the internal True Parents. Since God has taken the suffering course of the loving parent, the True Parents had to walk the same path. For whom did they do it’? Not for themselves, but for the children.

When you grasp the spirit and ideology of the True Parents, you will be truly able to understand and accept them. These are things you should actually feel and experience.

It is pleasant to rise higher and higher in this world and gain greater and greater position, but to climb down is very painful. Nobody wants to do it; virtually nobody does it without complaining. It is only with a parental heart that one can become humble and willingly accept the lowly tasks of a servant.

It is amazing that God, who is the highest being, has come down to the lowest realms of humanity in order to save His children. God doesn’t care about how weak or pale He may appear; He has forgotten all personal matters. For a prominent white leader of society to go into the home of a poor black slum-dweller and clean his kitchen is still nothing compared with the way God has been humbling Himself and serving mankind throughout history.

### Grafting Onto the True Parents

When you think about it, every person has committed crimes in the realm of the heart. Climbing up to God could take hundreds, even thousands, of years. No one could live long enough to do it. Someone had to come to build the bridge and set the condition so that mankind could leap forward and achieve salvation. My work, especially during the past 20 years, has been to lay that bridge. The parents walked the course of restoration, so when their children follow them, Satan cannot invade. The family bonds between us give you a free pass and guarantee protection against Satan. The worst, most odious words for Satan are True Parents and true children, because this is precisely what renders Satan powerless. The universe has to turn over everything to the True Parents and the true children; even Satan is bound by that law.

God and history endorse the True Parents. I am trying to turn over this inheritance from God and history to you. How can you deserve such an extraordinary blessing? Only in the capacity of True Parents’ children and in a relationship of love with them. There is no other way to qualify for the blessing of True Parents. When you declare yourselves to be the flesh and blood of the True Parents, you are qualified to receive their inheritance.

Only in a parent-child relationship can such an inheritance be passed on. If a teacher were to bequeath all his wealth to a student, the teacher’s children could take it away. Only when an inheritance is passed on to you by your own parent can you be sure to keep it.

Why do you need the inheritance of the True Parents? You were born from the tree of sin; you are the fallen children of a sinful lineage. Therefore you have no way to enjoy the true freedom of sinlessness. No matter how large your family tree may be, it is still a tree of sin. You must cut yourself off from that tree and graft yourself onto the tree of sinlessness. The Bible speaks of the true olive tree onto which the wild olive branches must be grafted.

The process of grafting an entire nation, such as the United States, which is 200 years old, cannot occur overnight. Many Americans believe that their tradition is superior to others in the world. They do not want to be severed from their former ways in order to achieve something better.

You must become totally new: a new sprout on the true olive tree. Only then can you become a true olive tree. The good foundation of the United States can be valuable only when it is grafted onto the true olive tree. Only within the new tradition of heaven can the good foundation within America truly come alive. As an individual, each of you is like a tiny shoot, which has been grafted into the tree of the True Parents. Only within the relationship of parents and children can life be grafted.

Have you come to the realization that you need the True Parents? How much do you need them? Can you buy that relationship with all the money in the United States or all the wealth in the world? Even if you had a diamond the size of the planet earth, you could not exchange it for a relationship with the True Parents. Such a bond can never be purchased. Only because of the amazing grace of God have you been blessed with a relationship with the True Parents. This can be a source of joy for your entire life. Even if you had to remain celibate your entire life, you could be happy as long as you had that relationship with the True Parents.

After you are married, if your spouse became an obstacle to your faith to the point of pushing you away from the True Parents, you would have to choose which is more valuable-your relationship with your spouse or your relationship with the True Parents. Even at the sacrifice of your family life, you should be willing to follow the True Parents. It is a very precious thing to have a family and it is ordained as the purpose of your life, but if you had to sacrifice either the True Parents or your spouse, you should cling to the True Parents.

The truth is that once you have that relationship with the True Parents, you can build every other true relationship. You can gain your spouse and children. The entire world becomes your brothers and sisters. Ultimately, you can lose nothing by choosing the True Parents first and foremost.

This is a significant sermon since it is the last Sunday of 1981. I have been speaking about certain core truths of the Principle and the Unification Church. Which should be deeper and stronger: your love for your fiancé or your love for the True Parents? There have been virtuous husbands and wives who have given their life for the sake of their spouse or children. Even in the secular world there is a power that allows people to sacrifice themselves for their family. How much greater power must exist within the heavenly world!

When you can dedicate your life to advancing the cause of God and the True Parents, the joy you experience is greater than any other joy. Have you come to such a realization? Your standard must be to love God and your True Parents unto your life. You must not focus on the limits of family, race, culture, or nationality. Through the love of the True Parents you can transcend them all. In the eternal realm of God and the spirit world such boundaries simply do not exist. In the spirit world there is certainly no language barrier. The worst barrier is the one between you and the True Parents. If you do not overcome that barrier while you are on the earth, you will not be able to remove it in the spirit world.

### Societal Relations

When I was a young man, my greatest friends were old people, grandparents. Now that I am getting old, young people are my best friends. I served old people by carrying them piggyback where they needed to go. I have also served middle-aged people and young people. Do you want to inherit only the blessings I have gained on earth, or do you want to inherit my tradition as well? Is this tradition too harsh for you?

One of the first places we must liberate here in the United States are those senior citizens’ institutions. The elderly people in those homes represent all the ancestors of their lineage. By serving and taking care of the senior citizens on the earth, you can serve all their ancestors in the spirit world-all the way back to the beginning of history. Then everywhere you go, you will receive the greatest welcome.

Who is the eldest senior citizen in the universe? It is none other than Heavenly Father Himself. As you tend to the needs of old people, do it with the attitude of caring for the needs of God Himself. God’s desire is for us to take care of all His children. You must understand this heart of God.

Each of you has become a new person after having met the Principle and Reverend Moon. What do you first-class citizens of the United States have in common with me? We are very different and we met as strangers. But with the shared understanding of the Principle of Restoration and the terminology of True Parents, we can become connected and overcome all distances. We become one family-parents and children.

What kind of children do parents desire? The ambition of all parents is for their children to achieve the greatest possible success in the world. By the same token, the true parent would not want to see his child go to spirit world and not be welcomed into the Heavenly Kingdom. He would want to see the entire spirit world embrace and welcome his sons and daughters.

Social and economic inequities have produced terrible conflicts throughout human history. Some people are rich and others are poor; some are successful and others are not. There has never been a true solution to this problem. Only as people learn to love others with the heart of a true parent can this fundamental problem be eliminated.

The principle of parent-child love can be applied to every relationship. Within a business, the employer must have the heart of a parent toward the employees, who are in the position of children. As long as the employer makes money for the benefit of the entire company, the employees do not mind it and they willingly contribute their efforts. Those employees will inherit all the wealth of their employer. This kind of philosophy can eliminate the resentments that have occurred between the rich and the poor.

When you receive the inheritance from True Parents, you will be elevated to the level of true parents yourselves. By starting out at the level of true child, you eventually become a true parent yourself. Is the relationship between yourself and the True Parents more clear now? This is very important for you to understand.

### The Parent/Child Relationship

Between God and me, how many generations have there been? Therefore, the physical distance or vertical times span between God and me is quite great. Between you and me as well, there is a great horizontal distance: that of culture. Only the power of the parent-child relationship can close those great gaps.

Is it easier for me to call God Father or for you to call me Father? So many people have tried to call God Father, but because they could not fulfill the incredible conditions necessary to bridge the gap between them, they could not truly live up to their position as child of God. But it is easier for you, since all the preparations have been made. You can come to the Unification Church and digest the truth of the Principle; then you can easily call the True Parents your own parents.

Who has the greatest cause for rejoicing: me when I call God my Father or you when you can call us your True Parents on earth? I had to suffer so much in order to be accepted as God’s true son, but you have been granted such an easy course. All you have to do is learn the Principle, change your attitudes, and come to a new realization of the existence of the True Parents. But since it was so easy for you, some of you cannot appreciate the value of knowing the True Parents. You should rejoice the most, since you paid the least price for the greatest blessing. You have obtained a priceless treasure for a tremendous bargain!

Maybe the price you paid to understand the message and the existence of True Parents was only a seven-day workshop. However, I had to pay with gallons of blood and sweat to give you that message. Everything you read in the Principle is the record of the struggles and pains I have endured.

You must realize the preciousness of the Principle. Now you can understand why the world is going the way it is and what God’s dispensation is all about. You have been given more knowledge than any other people-more than any philosopher, past or present. You know more than any great scholar does because you understand all the secrets of history. You are not actually, qualified to receive such an understanding; so many people have dedicated their entire lives to pursuing the truth, but they died without ever knowing what you have been handed so freely.

You have been given this great understanding, so you are qualified to hold up your head without shame before the world. If I had been ashamed of what I am, God could not have been proud of me either. Jesus himself declared that his disciples should go out and bear witness to him. “So every one who acknowledges me before men, I also will acknowledge before my Father who is in heaven,” Jesus said, “but whoever denies me before men, I also will deny before my Father who is in heaven.”

The same is true with the Unification Church. Are you afraid and ashamed before the world to be a member of the Unification Church? The Principle represents the entire truth of the universe, including the highest realm of the spirit world, so whenever you deny your association or behave in a shameful way, you are denying your connection with all those realms.

I want you to understand clearly the meaning of the True Parents and their relationship with you. Are you indebted to the True Parents or not? To what extent? It is impossible to repay such a debt with material goods; only one small thing can repay it: your love. You have been given great love, and you can repay it only with your own love. In the past, you knew True Parents only abstractly. Now through this sermon, you can come to know us in reality. Certainly there is a difference between the abstract and the real. God desires real people; He needs to deal with the realities of life, not concepts or abstractions.

When you come to Belvedere and I do not give the sermon, you feel slightly unfulfilled, don’t you? A man may return home after a long day’s work and his children jump up to greet him, but if his wife is absent he feels that nobody is home. Likewise, no matter how many loved ones come to greet a woman, if her husband is not among them she feels unfulfilled. From the viewpoint of the language of love, if the central object and focus of your love is missing, It’s as if no one was there. When I am not here, you Unification Church members feel as if no one is home, don’t you?

In the whole universe, the most important word is parents.” There have been many wonderful sons and daughters of great loyalty and devotion in secular society. For the sake of True Parents, shouldn’t there be even greater sons and daughters of filial piety? The title “True Parents” means universal parents, parents whose concern is universal. Therefore, the sons and daughters of true filial piety must adopt the same concern. You must not be content to live just for yourself and your family if you are truly the sons and daughters of True Parents, whose concerns encompass the whole universe. The True Parents need sons and daughters who can put their love for the world and all mankind before personal needs. This is logical as well.

### My Relationship with You

What is the attitude of the True Parents toward their sons and daughters? Do they want their children to love only them and not be concerned about the rest of the world’? No, even after the children have gone to the entire world and returned home, the parents will humbly ask, “If you have any energy remaining, can you please go out and give more for the sake of the world? That is our desire.” The True Parents want the child to love others as much as he loves them; that is how the joy of the parents is increased. Unfortunately, the attitude of many parents is very selfish. They only want to receive their children’s love and hope they will disregard the world.

You know that True Parents are always pushing you out to give more and work harder for the sake of the world. Do you like it’? I know that you would really prefer to enjoy a relationship with me rather than being sent out into the world. However, when you do those things, you are building the Kingdom of Heaven for your own children and all your future descendants. If I passed away, how would you behave? The only thing you will retain is the tradition, which you are learning now. That is the tradition of loving the people of the world as much as you love your own parents. Such a tradition of love will be the means of transforming this world of hell into Heaven. Even after I have passed away, such a tradition will live on.

The entire spirit world will be able to welcome you when you arrive there; people of all ages will greet you. By the same token, I want your own children to take pride in you because you belonged to the True Parents while they were on earth. In order to gain such a position before the world and your own children, you must practice today the teachings of the True Parents. By imitating our actions, you can incorporate our parental qualities in your life and then pass them on to your children. It may be very difficult for you to swallow so much difficulty, but doing so will give great benefit to your children, your nation, and the entire world. Now do you clearly understand these points?

Don’t expect many words of praise from me. I seldom say you have done wonderful things. To hear me praise and honor your work while on earth is already to receive your reward. When you go before God, He will note that you were already rewarded. However, if you did not receive many prizes and honors on earth from the True Parents, Heavenly Father will want to give you eternal blessing in Heaven. So is my attitude loving or cruel’? Which kind of reward would you prefer: a temporal one on earth, or the eternal one in Heaven?

When top Unification Church leaders come to East Garden, I usually criticize them so much that some of them can’t bear it. They should be grateful for such treatment, however. I feel that anyone who can endure my criticism and scolding and remain humble and obedient is really special. Certainly God too notices such a person. Once you understand this profound truth you can go beyond such trivial concerns as who got the best Christmas present from True Parents.

In the Unification Church we always dwell in two worlds – this physical realm and the spirit world-and we have to deal with both. Therefore, we cannot just think about the requirements of the physical realm; in fact, we must learn to consider eternal spiritual values first. Sometimes the eternal values conflict with those of this physical world and we experience difficulties and persecution as a result. But because we understand that we are winning on the eternal level, we can rise above the problems presented by this physical world.

When I entered prison in North Korea, I arrived as a humble newcomer. I never demanded respect from the others as the founder of a world-level religion. Since the other prisoners present were my elders, I acted like a private in front of superior officers. After eating our evening meal, there was nothing to do except talk. Prisoners talked about their lives and their various experiences. Everybody wanted to talk about his mistakes or crimes and how he had been caught and imprisoned. They also wanted to discuss their families. But after a few months those topics ran out, so the others had nothing more to speak about.

I had been the only person who had not spoken very much, so everybody else was very curious to hear what I had to say about myself. “Shall I talk about anything I feel like?” I asked them. They all said yes, they were interested in whatever I had to say. So I started to tell them a story that was a fictionalized version of the Principle. Every day I explained to them various contents of Principle, but in the form of a long narrative tale. This continued for about a week. After seven days of sharing, I suddenly stopped and said, “Well, I am finished. I don’t feel like saying any more.” But the leader of the group demanded that I continue because everyone wanted to hear more.

When I entered prison, I looked for the worst position in the cell. There was one corner where the terrible toilet bucket was kept, and I chose that spot as my place. However, the head of the cell ultimately demanded that I take a better place, away from the toilet. Even though those men were criminals, they still possessed an original mind and were able to respond out of the goodness in their hearts.

Do you think that I am an extraordinary person? You say yes, but my way of relating with other people in society is very ordinary and down-to-earth. I can make friends with anyone; I can laugh and joke with anyone, anywhere. When people meet me they are attracted by this quality.

There were many young girls who wanted to be my girlfriend when I was young. I was never rude to them, but I always tried to educate them. One by one, they came to understand what I was saying. Many girls had a very strong purpose: to win my heart and marry me. Some of them did some very crazy things. Obviously, none of them succeeded. Even now, as old grandmothers, each of those girls can remember how I treated her. They all have good memories of me, even though they were frustrated in their original desires. If I had been born in the West, do you think the same thing would have happened here’? Probably so. God’s heart and God’s love are like true magnets, pulling all people toward the one who possesses them.

### The Payment of Indemnity

As a rule, I never discuss my personal experiences. Each of you must attend the 2 1 -day and 40-day workshops to learn more details about my life. I don’t want to talk about myself before you and reveal all the difficulties I suffered for your sake. Your elder brothers and sisters should educate you about your parents. They should teach the younger brothers and sisters about the parents’ heart, and help them appreciate the hardships the parents endured. This is more valuable than hearing it from the parents themselves. In order to understand the heart of the Unification Church, you must attend these workshops. Most of you have already completed a seven-day workshop.

What kind of course are we treading in the Unification Church? Where are we now’? Our course is one of paying indemnity to accomplish restoration. Without the payment of indemnity, no restoration is possible. Unification Church members do not want to pay indemnity, but to dislike indemnity means to dislike restoration. Most of you are clever, however, and you realize that restoration is valuable. You don’t want indemnity, but which comes first: restoration or indemnity? The answer is indemnity. Still you don’t like it, do you’?

God has a certain point of view. Whose side are you standing on, God’s or Satan’s? You must be certain that you are standing on God’s side. You know that you want to be restored and fulfilled under God’s dominion, but from God’s point of view, there is no way He can receive you and restore you unless you fulfill the necessary indemnity. Therefore, those who like restoration but don’t appreciate indemnity are still standing on the side of Satan and not God. Which side appreciates indemnity? Only God’s side.

Within the Unification Church itself there are two sides: God’s and Satan’s. Analyze yourself clearly and ask yourself which side you are on. After this sermon, you should realize that only by embracing and accepting the course of indemnity can you truly align yourself with God’s side. According to God, the person who embraces the road of indemnity and fulfills the conditions, which come to him, will be the leader in the future.

Some of you might wonder why I don’t speak more tactfully and behave more diplomatically to avoid causing so much controversy. The answer is that I need to go a difficult way if I am going to champion the cause of God and pay the most indemnity. I cannot pay indemnity by placating everyone. Instead, I have had to stir up the world. I even had to invite suffering in order to endure for God’s sake. After all these years, however, the world is running out of ways to abuse me; my indemnity is running out. The world has nothing more to give me except recognition.

Once the world starts to welcome me, it will welcome each of you as well. What if there were no way for you to pay indemnity even though you still needed to do it? If no one in secular society persecutes you, I will persecute you in order to allow you to make the proper conditions of indemnity. Perhaps I will mobilize the leaders to help me in this task. I will send black leaders to give the white members a hard time. Maybe I will send you out to sea or down into the mines or I might even send you out on a boat when a typhoon is coming. In such ways you could get a good dose of indemnity!

Many of you wonder how many more Korean leaders you will have to receive! You think you cannot stand another short guy from Japan either! But you must welcome such people and the difficulties you encounter in your relationships with them. That is a way of paying indemnity.

When you come to a matching, many of you ask for an international marriage, a Japanese or Korean spouse, for instance. Some of you had to use interpreters to converse with your fiancé. What indemnity! A handsome man engaged to a small, potato-shaped Korean girl with a nose so flat he can’t even see it might wonder what is happening to him! The answer is simple: indemnity.

I have continuous peace of mind, regardless of the fact that the U.S. government is trying to convict me of criminal charges and send me to jail. I accept it as just one more form of indemnity. Since I am still paying indemnity after all these years, how can you think you can avoid it? Are you going to ask for the good part of my inheritance without also expecting to receive the indemnity course I went through’? When you accept indemnity willingly and without complaint, your inheritance and blessing automatically become greater. This is logical.

However, many members have conditional faith. They praise all the good aspects of our faith: the Principle, the love of brothers and sisters, True Parents, unity, but they cannot accept such things as fundraising. Then what does that indicate about your attitude toward indemnity?

### Welcoming Indemnity

Those of you, who welcome indemnity, show me your hands. Actually, I don’t want it either! But I must welcome it because it is the only road we can follow to free ourselves from Satan’s accusations. Because of where it takes us, we can welcome the road of indemnity.

Everyone wants to graduate from the course of indemnity. It is natural to want to graduate as quickly as possible, so that means you should seek out the toughest tasks. If you have a fine, outstanding fiancé, you should feel: “I don’t deserve such a person. Somebody else must have paid the indemnity for me so I could receive him (or her). Thank you, Heavenly Father.”

We have a unique, dramatic way of life. We have learned to overcome all fears. Even prison should not be feared. I know that I can transform the worst prison cell Into Heaven. With such confidence, nothing can really bother or disturb you.

This sermon is an example of what I have been talking about. A preacher will normally speak for only 40 minutes or so, but I have already been speaking four hours. Can you welcome this? Before you meet the new year, I want you to be cleansed and prepared. You must reorganize yourself before the new year.

From this time forward, will you willingly accept the course of indemnity? If your leader doesn’t push you

enough, you can go and pull him forward! The opposite attitude is to say, “My leader isn’t really following the true course of indemnity Father talks about. If he doesn’t do it, I won’t either.” Are you going to choose that route’? From this understanding, you can clearly judge the truth about your own situation.

Among 10 people, if nine rise at 8:00 a.m. and one at 7:50, who is the winner in the indemnity contest’? Why shouldn’t lie get up at 6:50-or 1:50? Those who come to Belvedere first are paying the most indemnity in this situation.

Harlem is known as one of the most dangerous, rundown areas in New York City. The person who goes to work there for that reason understands the principle of indemnity. Hardly anyone wants to go to work in Africa because it is less developed, but the person who seeks out such work also understands indemnity.

All you Korean fiancées, please raise your hand. I made up my mind to give you a special course of hardship as a group. All the Japanese fiancées of Americans are included in this category as well. You are going to be pushed into some special indemnity course. When the Pilgrim fathers first came to this land, they endured terrible suffering in order to survive and establish this country. Therefore, those foreigners now coming to this nation as wives of American young men should endure even worse suffering. You are becoming the true ancestors of the ideal nation and world. You are the bridges being built between the East and West. You Koreans and Japanese should be exemplary in serving your parents-in-law. This will start a great movement in America-parents pushing their children to marry Orientals.

### Initiating Indemnity

What about you American women? Will you be able to compete successfully with these hard-working Oriental sisters’? You will have to work even harder in order to win back the best American brothers who currently want Oriental fiancées. American women should pay indemnity to restore this country. Unless the women of the United States become a new breed, this country has no hope. Two thirds of the homes that break up do so because of the woman. Some women marry a man only in order to get his fortune; once they have been married for a while, they divorce so they can get half of the husband’s wealth. This is the strategy of some women.

If the American men are wary of marrying an American woman, you should simply work hard, pay lots of indemnity, and I will bring many Oriental men over here as your husbands. By marrying an Oriental man, you bridge the gap between East and West. Like the Oriental women who came to America and worked hard and suffered to pioneer the heavenly tradition, perhaps you will go to the Orient and duplicate their work. Since you understand the necessity of the indemnity course, you cannot run away from it. Where could you go? The indemnity course is good and necessary.

At this very moment, someone somewhere is killing himself. The suicide rate has skyrocketed in recent years. Tens of thousands of people kill themselves each year in the United States. But if they understood the meaning of indemnity, they could never kill themselves. We can save all those lives by explaining the Principle and the reality of indemnity. Then they could have hope and new vision, knowing their lives could be invested for a great purpose.

When I selected the foreign missionaries, I sent an impossible combination to each country: one American, one German and one Japanese. My direction to them was to unite; that was their indemnity course. If they were able to unite in their mission, they were able to bring great accomplishments; but if they could not unite, nothing good could happen in their country.

It is ridiculous for someone who is walking the course of indemnity to state, “I have been in the Unification Church for a long time, so others should serve me.” How can you say such a thing’? I am still walking the course of indemnity, and I have been in the Unification Church longer than anybody! Don’t you think this church is a dramatic and exciting place? What makes it so? Actually, indemnity itself is what makes it dramatic.

Even though you say you agree with me, in your heart you don’t want indemnity. But from now on, the most clever and bright people in the Unification Church will be the ones who seek out indemnity. Before now, the clever people have usually discovered ways to avoid indemnity, and only the not-so-clever ones willingly entered into indemnity. But from 1982 on, we must turn that around and see the opposite thing happen. The smartest and most capable members of the Unification Church must become the first to go the way of indemnity, on their own initiative.

Of all the different aspects of our movement – the newspaper companies, the fishing businesses, etc.-which do you think will bring you the most indemnity? During the past five years, The News World has been persecuted and the people who worked there have suffered immensely.

Do you think those who travel the indemnity course should expect a nice, large monthly salary? If you really want to pay indemnity, you will turn your good salary over to some greater purpose. You must receive your salary from God. You can’t take it from your mission work. Once God is able to receive the entire world as an offering to Him, each person in the world will be entitled to receive a salary from God.

### The Use of Money

When you have restored a nation, transforming it into a God-centered country, that nation will reward you with a salary you can receive. However, whenever you receive a salary now, you should use only the bare minimum you need and give the rest for the purpose of world restoration. This is the will of God. Then God will want to give you a huge salary. Your attitude as children should be to say, “I will receive a salary only after the True Parents receive one.” Do you think I receive a salary?

The most important, primary purpose of our life is to bring this world back to God’s side. Even when you are married and have many children, if you are unable to dwell in a nation that is owned by God and under His domain, you are just like the Jewish community in the wilderness; you cannot truly settle down. In order to achieve our settlement, we must tighten our belts and overcome the obstacles.

Whenever the movement obtains some money, we invest it for the sake of world restoration, beginning with the restoration of the nation. Between the world and the family, which has the highest priority? Can we sacrifice the world for the sake of our family? Certainly the family must walk the indemnity course for the sake of the world. This is how I have lived my life. God Himself has lived this way. You must realize this truth.

You must take the initiative to be a positive element, which adds to the benefit of the Unification Church, and never become a burden to it. Without such determination, you cannot fulfill the course of indemnity. I feel responsible to educate each of you while you are still young about how to support yourselves and contribute to the Church. You experience terrible persecution from the outside world, but go ahead and take it; accept all the curses and abuses. These are the experiences that will make you strong for the future.

Some Korean women came here and started asking their hardworking American fiancés for financial help; they complained about their situations. This is totally against my desire. I wanted those Korean fiancées to come here and give comfort and encouragement to their future husbands who have been working so hard in their public missions. Instead, they became burdens to their husbands! This is terrible.

Some Korean girls have even been telling their fiancés that they are wasting their time in their public missions and that they should return to school and get a degree so they can support them in their marriage. There is absolutely no way I will accept this attitude. If you Korean women feel so strongly about your husband going to school, then you should go out and work to make enough money to send him to school once he has fulfilled his public mission. Do some of you Korean women now regret having chosen a Western husband? I would like to see you use whatever money you have been spending for makeup to buy things for your future in-laws. You should give, not expect to receive. The standard of the fallen world is for the new bride to receive all kinds of benefits from her in-laws and to spend all her money on herself. We should be just the opposite: spending our money on our in-laws and others. All of you, who aspire to be universal women, tell me: did you come to the United States in order to enjoy the good life’? In choosing Korean brides for Americans, my standard was to look for women who are healthy, both spiritually and physically. I want you to become exemplary.

You international couples are like test cases for the future; what you do will set the standard for the future. The most important task of these international marriages is to give birth to great sons and daughters. In order to do so, you must be spiritually pure. If you are corrupted, you can never have wonderful children. I would like you to become the true ancestors of the new America.

Those of you who worry about getting older and becoming incapable of having children, my advice to you is to go out, work harder and let God Himself hasten the day of your marriage. Your self-centered desire for a family will never shorten the wait. To reach the greatest level of accomplishment and pay the greatest amount of indemnity and have only one child is far better than having ten children but achieving only a mediocre standard.

God Himself is a God of indemnity. Whatever I have achieved today is the result of going the way of indemnity my entire life. My ears want to hear nice sounds; my mouth wants to taste good food; my eyes want to see beautiful things-the same as you. Why then do I constantly push myself and you into experiences contrary to the desires of our five senses? Because we must go that way in order to reach God.

### The Spirit of Indemnity

There is no easy short cut to Heaven. Even if your hair falls out from working so hard and paying so much indemnity, your bald head will become your badge and your source of pride. If there were some other way to go, I would have already found it. If complaint were permissible, I would have more reason to protest than anyone. But complaint has no place in this life, so we must silently go this path. The meaning of the indemnity course is to take the road of pain voluntarily, willingly, and without complaint. The act of taking responsibility requires the absence of complaint.

I know that there is much complaint in the Unification Church. Yet the indemnity course has value only when it is taken willingly. You cannot be forced. As an example, suppose I had returned reluctantly to face this court trial, only at the urging of other people. Then I could never count it as a victory. In fact, everybody else tried to stop me from coming back but I determined to return without the slightest delay. This is the victory: willing, voluntary participation in the difficult course.

Lately I have had to stay at East Garden a lot. It has been quite tedious at times. I have been learning how to play Ping-Pong and pool. In order to test myself, I have been playing these games even though I continue to lose over and over. Many people believe I have a custom-made, ironclad body, but your body and mine have the same composition. The only way I have been able to achieve so much in overcoming my physical body is because I have the spirit of indemnity.

I am sure the people on the East Garden security staff are taking note of this explanation. They probably never understood why I spent so much time at the pool table. Now they know it was my way of paying indemnity. Whether I won or lost, I could savor the experience; by persevering through dozens of lost games, I could taste losing over and over!

Some of you have had a poor understanding of the word indemnity. Do you want an easy life or a life of indemnity’? By choosing the life of indemnity, you can gain the ultimate reward: achieving the level and standard of a true parent and a total relationship with God. Since indemnity is the only means of accomplishing that, indemnity is a blessing. If you spend 10 years fundraising on MFT, God Himself will bow down to you.

Take whatever may happen to you and give it meaning by accepting it as indemnity. Even common head cold or aching legs can have great significance. When you realize you are paying indemnity, you can sense a new burst of energy and determine to overcome all the obstacles such as colds, aches and pains.

If indemnity were a commodity to be sold on the market, how much would it cost? It is so precious it can never be sold; it is priceless. Now you can understand why you must willingly take on indemnity, why you cannot merely jump forward to your ideals. No matter what you are doing, apply the law of indemnity to it. Then whether you are studying, climbing mountains, or whatever, your life will be highly productive, Whatever you touch, you will be putting the law of indemnity into action. You must be successful in reaching up to God.

### Recap of Today’s Sermon

Let’s recap today’s sermon. First, I spoke about freedom and then about indemnity. One of the greatest problems in American life today is a misunderstanding of the meaning of freedom. Also, no one understands what parental love is supposed to be. The American standard is to take things as easy as possible; people seek ways to work less and enjoy life more. When you join the Unification Church, however, you learn a totally new concept: indemnity. The American way of life really hates such a concept. Do you think you need this Unification Church “medicine”? What about the future of the United States? All Americans need this same medicine.

Many people think their purpose is to live day by day in the pursuit of more and more fun; this is what freedom means to them. This has given rise to promiscuity, drug abuse, and all those evils. Now you should have the complete understanding that will enable you to help these people and lead them toward God.

Another prevalent attitude among Americans today is a lack of regard for the needs and feelings of their in-laws and even their parents. The younger generation considers all older people virtually worthless. That is why there are so many senior citizens’ homes. After listening to this sermon, each of you should resolve never to send your parents away to an institution, but to welcome them into your own home and care for them. You must also be willing to sacrifice your own desires for the sake of your elderly parents when they need you. This is what true love means.

Parents may sometimes visit their child unannounced. This should be fine with the child. They should not have to make an appointment to visit their children. Younger people should consider older people closer to God. Each of you wants to create an ideal home and an ideal family. Certainly you don’t want to continue the tradition of mistreating old people. Once you commit yourself to that standard of serving older people, you will find that those who opposed your membership in Reverend Moon’s church will change their attitude.

Why do you think such a strong anti-American sentiment prevails in the world today? It is because the American people have sought to avoid anything related with the indemnity course. They have tried to avoid suffering themselves, caring nothing about the suffering of others. Even when the U.S. government sends money as foreign aid, many people cannot appreciate it because there is no heart in it, only selfishness. The salvation of America can only come from the course of indemnity and America must accept it.

This is why I have been training you young Americans and teaching you to be models of indemnity. While the current standard among young people is to touch and embrace in public, you Unification Church members do not even hold your fiancé’s hand! Why? Only because of indemnity. We do not want mediocre indemnity; we must fulfill the greatest amount of indemnity.

I have instructed you not to call your fiancé very much, so perhaps you try to get around that by writing to each other every day. After you are married, suppose you could

meet only once a year. Such a reunion could have more value than seeing each other every day if you had the right attitude. You could long for each other for a whole year, and then when you finally meet in intense, passionate love, you could produce a beautiful child. That would certainly be a great accomplishment.

### Fight for Your Virtue and This Way of Life

When we live according to the indemnity way, we have already won the victory in life. Sometimes when outside men look at women in the Unification Church, they get ideas such as, “That girl is so cute and naive; I’m sure I could seduce her very easily.” Such a man might think that with just a little conversation he could win her over. But even after five hours, he sees that she is unmoved! If he tried to talk with her for five days, or even five years, still she would never be seduced by his words. This is the quality of our women: they are tough.

Recently one Korean girl who is matched with a brother in Washington, D.C. gave a testimony of how she barely escaped being raped while fundraising. She had been constantly warned not to go out after 9:00 p.m. because the United States is much more dangerous than Korea. But she was so eager to get a better result that one night she went by herself to a certain area and was grabbed by three strong men who forced her into a car. They tried to rape her there, but she made a desperate effort to get free. She had no weapon at all, but she fought back fiercely and almost tore their faces off!

Those three men were overpowered and beaten off by that feeble-looking little Korean girl. They became so upset and angry that they almost tried to kill her. Still she never gave up; she kept fighting them. She managed to get out of the car and run away desperately. The men ran after her. She ran to the door of one home and they wouldn’t even open it. She went to another door and then another. Still nobody would open their door to her, so she hid in some bushes. Although the people in the third home wouldn’t open their door-this is the American mentality-at least they called the police. This was how she narrowly escaped.

When I heard her testimony, I felt very proud of this little Korean girl who fought so bravely. Would you American women fight like that? Perhaps you would give in, thinking, “Why should I endanger my life to fight off these men?” That would be a pragmatic approach, but it would not be the right one. You are different from all other American women.

People in the outside world have no understanding of the Unification Church way of life, particularly our method of being matched and married. You are engaged for three years and keep yourselves absolutely pure. Such things are impossible for the world to understand. They assume you must be brainwashed by Rev. Moon, otherwise why would you live such a way? But you know the value of purity and that Satan would make you his victim if you let him.

When you study the Principle, you learn about such terms as “foundation of faith … .. foundation of substance,” and “foundation to receive the Messiah.” Advancing to these various levels can never be easy. Unless you completely understand what I have said today, you cannot attain those levels. You must understand the true meaning of freedom, why you need parents, and why you need indemnity.

What is the foundation of faith and why do we need it? We need to make some offering and condition on the material level. You are the central figure in that offering. The requirements are a material offering, a central figure in the role of Adam, and a conditional time period, which you must pass through. You may have learned the Principle, but you have not yet laid the foundation of faith. This, then, is your task.

When can you lay that foundation? By fundraising you can set the foundation of faith. Three and a half years is the time period and each of you, in the position of central figure, offers to God the material wealth of the world. As a consequence of the fall, the material things of creation were separated from God’s dominion. We lay the foundation of faith in order to restore creation.

We are speaking here about the authentic way of life which Unification Church members walk. The number seven represents perfection. All numbers have a Principled meaning.

You are a historic individual. Your lineage goes all the way back to the beginning point of history. In order to restore the history of this sinful world, you must jump outside it, in a way, and go in a direction opposite from it-even if all the powers of Satan try to pull you back. It is inevitable that you will be persecuted. The fact that the Unification Church has received unprecedented rejection by the world is, in a way, proof of its truth and value. This is the first and last time that the entire world can oppose you for having rejected its ways.

### Our Wilderness

When the entire world comes against a religion it becomes anointed as a world-level religion. Without receiving persecution by the world, a religion cannot elevate itself to a world-level. In my course, the original goal should have been reached in seven years, but it had to be extended to 21 years. When you become a member of the Unification Church, you leave the secular world and join an entirely new process: the march toward the establishment of a new world. Two thousand years ago, the Jewish people marched out of Egypt toward Canaan. Now we are marching into Canaan on the worldwide level.

The Israelites wandered through a literal wilderness and desert; today we must walk through a different kind of wilderness, a symbolic wilderness of the heart and mind. This is the world we are traveling through right now. Your families have criticized your way of life. This is similar to the Egyptians trying to hold back Moses and the Israelites, refusing to let them go.

Only those Jewish people who truly loved their traditions and society had the courage to follow such a difficult course. Likewise, we must go this way for the sake of the Heavenly Kingdom, the establishment of the sovereignty of God. We march with true patriotism toward the heavenly nation. A wilderness is a rugged place. I have been traveling through that wilderness for the past 21 years, pioneering a path. I can now lead you along the way and keep you from getting lost.

While Moses was on the top of Mount Sinai receiving the Ten Commandments from God, he was gone from the community for 40 days and nights. During that time, the faith of the Israelites was shaken to such an extent that they created a golden calf to worship. The 40 years from 1945 to 1985 is the equivalent to the 40 days Moses spent on Mount Sinai, with the established Christian churches in the position of the chosen people. A similar confusion has seized worldwide Christianity: they are embracing all kinds of secular practices the way the Israelites turned toward idol worship.

When Moses came down from Mount Sinai, the people defied him, and he was overcome with anger and shattered the tablets on which the Ten Commandments were written. Similarly, when I came bringing the Principle and the understanding that can save the world, people laughed and rejected me.

Young people are being corrupted by such satanic influences as drugs and sexual promiscuity. Satan is using such things to lead them to their death. This is exactly the kind of thing that occurred when the Israelites disobeyed Moses. In the midst of all the degradation of the world, the Unification Church is emerging with a message and banner of hope. We are carrying the standard of God’s truth and we are practicing His principles.

God’s plan is for the Korean people to lead this crusade followed by the Japanese; these two nationalities together can lead the American people. There has been enmity among these three nations in the past, but now they are coming together under God’s direction. Because this unity is occurring, there is hope for unity throughout the world.

### The Heart of Offering

We are living here in the United States but we are a new breed of people; our goal and purpose are different. Once we reach Canaan, we must restore the nation, tribe, clan and family.

Now we are doing economic activities; this is a time to make a 100% offering to God. You should tell God, “Everything that belongs to me is Yours.” When you go fundraising with such an attitude, you are making a condition to restore the entire world and all things of creation.

To make a perfect offering, you go out and raise funds, add something of your own, and then offer it to God. Instead of taking a percentage of the results for yourself, you can add a percentage from your own possessions. Perhaps you can take off your coat and offer it, or offer a schoolbook or a piece of jewelry. You need to set the condition of offering something from your personal resources.

The Bible tells the story of Ananias and Sapphira, a rich couple who sold their resources and told Peter they had given everything to the community of Christians, although they actually kept part of it for themselves. The moment they lied to Peter, they were punished by God and fell down dead. This is a dramatic expression of how God expects people to make an offering.

I am teaching you how to make an offering by giving you fundraising experiences. When you are given pocket money for personal expenses, you can return it and ask that it be spent for God’s purpose.

Recently, one of the MFT commanders came to me asking for some awards for the most successful members on the MFT I asked him what they would like and he told me that all they wanted was a signed picture of Mother and me. They weren’t interested in material things, even though they dedicate their daily lives to raising funds. They only wanted some memento of True Parents.

This world is a vicious place, a “dog-eat-dog” society. How different is the Unification Church society! The United States is the front line of our campaign for world salvation. We have brought to this country large sums of money over the past four years, but no newspapers have reported these facts. On the contrary, they promote the idea that I am draining this country’s resources, using young people like slaves, and piling up money somewhere else. This kind of treatment I simply accept as good indemnity. Eventually, the American people and the world will know the truth. Never before has someone invested so much effort and resources for the sake of America, trying to revive the American spirit.

U.S. politicians themselves are often not very dedicated to the welfare of this country. When representatives of other governments come here, they usually ask for something for their country. I came here, however, under all kinds of persecution, and have been investing everything to aid this country. Once the American people realize this, they will support my activities.

Now we are in the process of creating The Washington Times, which can disseminate the truthful viewpoint. Lies can be very believable; truth, on the other hand, may sometimes be hard to accept. But ultimately, truth will stand up after all the lies have fallen away. Then people will understand what Reverend Moon is all about. Every penny our movement spends is carefully evaluated in terms of achieving God’s will.

In order to erect a foundation of faith, each person must make some material offering. After setting a foundation of faith, a foundation of substance must follow. This means physical restoration on the human level-Cain and Abel must be restored. Abel must reach out to Cain and together they must come to God as united, loving brothers. Why is this necessary?

The Old Testament era was the era of offerings, of laying the foundation of faith. The New Testament era was the era of the foundation of substance; Jesus came in the position of Abel in relation to the world, which was Cain. Once the foundations of faith and substance have been successfully laid, we can make the foundation to receive the Messiah. What is the Messiah? True Parents.

### The Foundations of Faith and Substance

The order of restoration, then, is all things of creation first, next relationships among brothers and sisters, and finally the position of parents. This is how the process of creation originally took place: God created all things first and then Adam and Eve. Finally they were supposed to become the true parents of all mankind. The ultimate goal was the complete unity of Adam and Eve’s family with God’s love.

The family is the building block of the Kingdom of Heaven. The family is the boundary line that separates the heavenly world from the satanic world. God’s plan is to hold husband and wife in His arms, within His domain. If God rules the husband-wife relationship, He has all other relationships and all things of creation as well.

When husband and wife come together, there should be no room for Satan to accuse them. If Satan can say, “That person is not worthy; he didn’t set a proper foundation of faith and he didn’t do any witnessing,” that would be unfortunate. In order to be completely free of accusation, you should go through this course before you get married.

The foundation of faith is necessary before restoring the relationship between Cain and Abel. Because of the human fall, all things of creation fell into the hands of Satan through Cain; Cain has everything and uses them for satanic purposes. But you must be different from previous people. As Abel, you must be different from Cain. Unless you restore the position of all things and the relationship between brothers-Cain and Abel-you are not worthy to receive the position of parent.

Until the brothers are united, they cannot come to their parents. Why’? The elder brother’s position was supposed to be the one closest to God but Satan stole that position. Therefore, God assigned to the younger brother the restoration of the elder brother. Only upon the foundation of their unity could the Messiah be received. Cain must go to meet the Messiah through Abel, his mediator. Eve is supposed to help Abel successfully restore Cain. Holding her two sons Cain and Abel in her arms, Eve can then go to her husband and restore family unity.

In the last days, the world is divided into two basic sides: the communist and the free world. They are in the position of the Cain world and Abel world. Both must meet the Messiah and both must find unity. Christianity should stand in the position of Eve, but since Christianity’s influence in the world is so weak, the Unification Church has come forward to take that position and embrace the two worlds of Cain and Abel. Although Christianity was supposed to fulfill that role, the Unification Church is now in the position of Eve.

In order to receive the Messiah, you must become an Abel and restore your Cain. Then you can unite with Eve and meet the Messiah. Centering upon the parents, you can then enter into a union with God as a family unit. This is the beginning of the Kingdom of Heaven on earth and the end of Satan’s rule. Because of the human fall, mankind’s lineage became stained by sin. Through the Blessing, the blood lineage is changed and purified.

Since this is the culmination of human history, confusion is rampant, especially among young people. Teenagers are being led into all kinds of immoral and impure activities. As teenagers in the Garden of Eden, Adam and Eve were naked and unashamed. Now the original human fall is being reenacted on the worldwide level among teenagers through such phenomena as “streaking,” free sex, homosexuality, and sexual abuse of children by their own parents and grandparents. Incredible perversions are occurring all over the world; the human fall is being multiplied on a worldwide scale.

But we are in the position to set a new tradition. We are creating historic family foundations. We must not fall victim to the world’s temptations because we are in a position to begin God’s realm. You engaged couples must be completely free from lust for some other man or woman. Even to think of sexual relationships with someone other than your fiancé is a sin. You should remain completely pure, liquidate the past, and become new men and women. You must nurture your relationship with your heavenly counterpart, your fiancé.

In the Garden of Eden, God created only one man and one woman, not two men and two women. What if Adam had been deformed or had a hunchback? Still he was the only man and Eve could not have rejected him. Eve was supposed to marry Adam and they were supposed to become the parents of all mankind. They were to marry primarily for the sake of God, not for themselves.

### Your Marriage Course

This should be the motivation for your marriage as well. Whenever you think, I don’t want to marry my fiancé,” you should remember these points. Adam and Eve were completely at the mercy of God; they had no choice of a mate. In the true tradition, therefore, parents should decide whom their children ought to marry. You are marrying for the sake of your parents, in a way. Until you marry, you live in your parents’ home and have no real claims of your own. From the Principle point of view, do you think that what I am saying is correct or not’?

Even after Eve fell, if Adam had been stronger and had not fallen, God could have restored Eve much more easily. The great tragedy was that they defiled each other. According to the same principle, women who fall away from the truth today must not defile their fiancé. If you men cut off from such a woman, God will provide you with a better bride. God selected Mother for me; I didn’t do it myself. If either fiancé commits sin and becomes defiled, there is still room for restoration as long as the other remains pure.

Fallen love is the trap, which Satan has been employing for 6,000 biblical years. In a split second, you can make the gravest mistake. You are like sticks of dynamite; but for a couple’s love to explode in beautiful joy, the fuses of two dynamite sticks must not be lit until the right moment. Otherwise, their explosion will shatter them. For the consummation of your love to be constructive, the order must come from God, through the True Parents, and then on to you. If it happens at the wrong time, the love will be directed by Satan. Your love should focus outward for the sake of God and True Parents, and not inward on yourselves.

You will meet some day, after each of you has been cleansed as an individual. On that promised day when you come together as husband and wife, you will become one body and one family, with the approval and blessing of God and True Parents. After that you can live happily together. If you touch your fiancée in an intimate way while you are engaged, you are defiling her. Even though she is your fiancée, you are not authorized to take her love in that way. You must first cleanse your past.

When you walk down the aisle at your wedding, you must have no thoughts of the girls you dated in the past; you must never criticize your heavenly bride according to the standards of the fallen world, wishing she were prettier, or taller, or whatever. You must regard your wife as God’s gift to you; your blessed spouse is the best one possible for you, much better than a king or queen. You are a son of God marrying a daughter of God; you are marrying a princess! There is no greater position in the world than that.

Don’t defile your mind and think about your past fallen sexual experiences. You should consider your previous loves your worst enemies. You must cut off from that past; you must become clean men and women when you enter the Blessing. Cut off all the strings attaching you to the satanic world and free yourself; then you can cross over into the heavenly realm.

Once you enter the family-level dispensation, a higher standard of accomplishment is required. When you receive the Blessing and start your family, it is like you are given an automobile for driving along the highway to the Heavenly Kingdom. You must be able to drive the car; if the car starts to break down, you will be in trouble. When you no longer live as just an individual but as a family, your problems will be magnified.

Restoration through indemnity is your medicine. Even though the medicine tastes bitter, you must swallow it in order to be cured. You certainly don’t enjoy the taste of the medicine, but you realize it is your only means to be healed.

You must realize that behind you lies a long history of ancestral sin. To liquidate that history as an individual requires a great amount of indemnity. If you are a fine, handsome man, a good way to do it would be to marry and love an unattractive woman. By doing so you can completely liberate your sinful ancestry.

I resolved to accept as my bride an elderly, very fat woman if God so desired. Since my attitude was to accept absolutely anyone God chose, God gave me a beautiful, young woman Mother-as my bride. No one can accuse that match, either, because it was not of my own initiative; it was completely from God and the spirit world. That is the law of indemnity.

### The second 21-Year Course

Some of you may spend all your time worrying about your fiancé and your future marriage. But remember that until now the highest religious teachings have demanded a celibate life of their devotees. Each of you should regard it a great privilege to be allowed to live together as man and wife in order to accomplish God’s will. I have come to give you this great Blessing; you should be totally humble and appreciate how precious it is.

Now we are embarking on the second 21-year course; you are now going to walk the path as children. It is not too late for you to resolve to follow the mainstream of the Unification Church tradition. Those of you who have not done fundraising must go through it; those of you who do not have spiritual children must gain some. Then you can meet the parents.

You have a home church, which represents the entire world; it is your small world. Whatever you accomplish in home church God will recognize as having been accomplished for the entire world. Your 360 homes are your microcosm of the world; within them you will find everything you would encounter in the world.

I cannot teach you about the foundation of faith unless you do fundraising. The same with the foundation of substance. What is the foundation to receive the Messiah? Jesus wanted to find his bride, but he could not; therefore, he predicted that he would return for his bride. The Old Testament era was the foundation of faith, the New Testament era the foundation of substance, and the Completed Testament era the foundation to receive the Messiah.

We must indemnify the entire world. For this reason, I started my mission from a lowly position. I had to indemnify all of history, beginning with the Old Testament era, going through the New Testament era, and finally reaching the Completed Testament era. During the past 20 years, these three eras have been restored. All the chaos of human history has been put into proper order.

Nothing comes easy. You must wage your battle and win it. Restoration through indemnity requires an enormous effort. Once my court battle is over in this country, Korea will welcome me. But if I do not win the victory here, Korea will be unable to welcome me. Once I go to the communist world and win a victory, I can return to the United States and be welcomed here.

I am waging my battles against the evils of this country. I have battled against the communist world as well. By now the communists realize that they cannot surpass the philosophy and commitment of the Unification movement and they are taking a defensive posture. In Bonn, West Germany, the leftists organized a huge demonstration of about 280,000 people. We mobilized only about 300 people for a counter-demonstration and we actually made the news before the larger demonstration. When Mr. Brezhnev visited West Germany, no one else did anything to challenge him. We were the only ones with enough guts and commitment to demonstrate against him.

Our goal is not to kill the Russians; we must educate and liberate them. We do not want to destroy Red China, either. Our international highway system will be a concrete example of a worldwide peace movement.

If you have not yet accomplished enough for the foundations of faith, substance, and receiving the Messiah, you should do it now in your home church. Raise money, bring people, and organize all kinds of activities in your home church area. You will be married in a heavenly wedding when you accomplish these foundations of faith, substance and receiving the Messiah. Only then will you qualify to be married.

### Home Church and Society

Have you fulfilled your home church foundation? Since 1977 1 have been speaking and pushing you toward the home church providence. Through home church you can inherit everything from the past, present, and future. Times are changing. Public opinion is more open now, so your job is infinitely easier than mine has been. You can be accepted much more easily than I ever was.

In less than three percent of your 360 homes will you encounter outright rejection. Has anyone ever tried to kill you for coming to his home and trying to serve him? No such thing will happen. So far in history, Cain killed Abel, Esau wanted to kill Jacob, and Egypt tried to kill all the Jews. Murder of one’s enemies has been the world’s method. Even now, people want to have me killed.

I know Satan’s tactics very clearly. The first attempt is character assassination. If that doesn’t work, they will try to convict me through legal means and send me to jail. If that doesn’t work, they will resort to violence. It is simply the satanic method nothing new. Certainly it is the method of communism. What if you walked down the streets of New York shouting, “I’m a Moonie. Shoot me if you want to”? Nobody would do it. However, I am being stalked by people who wish to kill me. There are many people who want to stop me.

Ronald Reagan is an example of someone who was protected by God. Even those who were critically wounded during the attempt on his life survived because God intervened on their behalf. Pope John Paul, as well, was saved directly by God. I know that God is protecting me, too, in a special way.

Would you like to have me come with you when you fundraise and do home church? You would like it, but you know my dangerous position in this world. Your attitude, then, should be to carry on the fight and work for the cause on your own. You should begin now, at the outset of this new year.

We are living during an incredible dispensation. Over the past 2,000 years, multitudes of saints and martyrs have shed their blood and tears for God’s purposes. Even with all that sacrifice, however, they could not see the day of glory and witness the return of the Lord, the marriage of the Lamb. Who are you? Each of you has been handed a better position than even Jesus Christ himself. He was not given the heavenly Blessing, but you are going to receive it. How great and amazing is your Blessing!

Think of it: your children will be in God’s direct lineage, born without original sin. They will be entered in Heaven’s register as citizens of the Kingdom of Heaven. What qualifications do you have to bring your children to that level? What good things have you done? Can you expect to be given such an incredible Blessing, which God’s people paid for by thousands of years of suffering, without making some kind of condition? In order to receive it, you absolutely must do something. The opportunity to make that condition is by doing home church; that is your mandate.

In order to restore Cain, you must win on all levels: individual, family, clan, and so on. Can you try to grab them all at once? Is seven years too long? Human history extends back at least 700,000 or 800,000 years. Can you grab all historical blessings in six or seven years? Such an attitude is that of a thief! In order to become a member of an ideal heavenly family, you must do home church.

Home church is the realm of the tribal messiah. Even Jesus could not establish his own tribe. The unity of Zechariah’s family as Cain with the family of Joseph and Jesus as Abel would have achieved tribal-level restoration. Once you successfully restore your home church, your tribe and clan will automatically be restored. The two home churches will become one. After that, you will go to the national level home church. Your value to your nation will be proportionate to the number of people you can draw from your home church area to serve their nation. Home church is the criterion by which you will be entitled to receive reward from Heaven.

Within the Unification Church we are bringing together the Cain and Abel tribes of Judaism and Christianity. After that unity is truly achieved, I must bring unity between the communist and democratic worlds. After the mission is completed here in the United States, I will go to Russia. Once unity is achieved between the United States and Russia, I will go into the spirit world.

### World Restoration through Home Church

The United States is a melting pot for all the world’s races and nationalities. Your 360 homes represent the whole world. A circle contains 360 degrees and one lunar year has 360 days. You will discover every conceivable condition in home church, which is a microcosm of the world. The various races there might represent the various eras of the dispensation: blacks might represent the Old Testament era, Hispanics the New Testament era, whites the Completed Testament era. There is a certain logic to the development of history, and home church is the best place to bring everything together.

Yellow people are the most numerous race, followed by whites and finally blacks. Even whites and blacks combined do not equal the numbers of Oriental people. Realizing the vast power and numbers of people there, communism has sought out Asia. The United States has tried to retreat from Asia and it feels it has no need for Africa. I am concentrating on the yellow race as the key to world unity; there are now 3.1 billion Oriental people.

You go to your home church area under the direction of Reverend Moon, an Oriental. There you find all races, including blacks, whites, Hispanics, and American Indians. American Indians are a yellow race that the white people conquered with violence in this country. The extermination of the Indians in this country was an act of evil. It is appropriate to the law of indemnity that a yellow person, Reverend Moon, should come to the United States and send out you white people to conquer the nation, not by force but by love and truth. However, you are under my dominion only in an external sense; God, Himself is directing you through the love and truth which I bring.

Many Western nations are currently suffering from widespread drug addiction. In the past, the Anglo-Saxon people, primarily Great Britain, imported opium into China and encouraged drug addiction there in order to obtain money and riches from China. The Opium War was a famous conflict in history. Now Red China is a major cultivator of opium poppies and is exporting great amounts of heroin and opium, causing the corruption of Western youth and gaining great amounts of money as well. This is evidence of the law of cause and effect.

For this reason I came to sow truth and love in this country. Nothing can stop me; no power on earth is strong enough to withstand the power of God, which is marching with me.

We must fulfill the mission, which was left incomplete by Jesus Christ. If you white Americans do not do it, God will shift to the black people. Then how ashamed you whites will be! Now Japan is overtaking the West in practically every area of technology. In this new age, Asia is playing an ever more prominent role.

I may appear stubborn and people may think I am blind to the world’s reality, but I am not. I am very aware of God and how He is leading the world. It is truly God who turns the pages of history. No one before has spoken of history in this sense.

Are you happy people? Do you say yes because you are just passively listening to me, or are you happy because you have a great purpose in life and have found many fulfillment through it?

### Our Unusual Ways

In Latin America people take siestas in the afternoon; in Europe summer vacations are a tradition. But for Moonies there is no time for such things. Some people accuse the black people of being lazy, but the fact is that once black people join the Unification movement, they become the most diligent and hardworking members, especially in Africa. They work so hard because they long to save the entire African continent. They are motivated by God’s ideology.

When you come to Belvedere, you often wish that I would not speak more than two hours or so. The members in Africa, however, are praying for me to come to speak to them; they are willing to sit for 24 hours and listen to me. They think you are all spoiled!

Why do you suppose I speak for such a long time and insist on certain things? I never know what God’s plan for me might be. I could be called to the spirit world today. If that happened, I wouldn’t want to regret withholding some teaching you needed. There is no guarantee that I will live a certain length of time. When you come to Belvedere, you represent the people of the entire world. I can trust only you people. Therefore, I am teaching you everything. This is the parent’s heart. You are a special, trusted breed; therefore, I am going to unload everything on you!

Our relationship will not end with this earthly plane but will continue in the spirit world, where we will see each other every day. When we all enter the spirit world, I do not want you to have any regrets. I don’t want you to look back and realize that you did not take my sermons seriously. If that happened, you would not feel very comfortable and you would not be well accepted there. I would rather hear you say, “Father, thanks to your seven hour sermon on December 27, 1981, 1 was completely changed and my commitment to home church was doubled. Thank you so much.” In that light, this seven hour “ordeal” is nothing; it is actually a joy.

It is with a parental heart that I speak to you for such a long time. It is up to you whether you take it seriously or not. I know that scholars and thinkers will take it seriously in the future. I am speaking not only to you but to history and all your posterity. This particular sermon is making a footprint in history.

There is no way you can bypass home church work and still come to the True Parents. Of all the gifts I can give you, home church is the greatest; receive it with all sincerity, integrity and seriousness. Through home church we will transcend all boundaries, whether national, racial, or cultural. The heavenly nation is blossoming and we are bringing hope to Christianity and to the United States through home church.

Even if I were to pass away now, you would be capable of saving this nation. Each of you has been taught your responsibilities. You must know that I have brought the historical victory. You know the True Parents well. Now your duty and mission is to fulfill your responsibilities. This will be your joy and blessing. Amen!

If you have been living by a lukewarm standard so far, change it beginning with 1982. From now on, have absolute confidence in what you are doing. You should regulate yourself according to the Principle.

Since I have completed my duties here, perhaps I should take a nap now and then, or go on a vacation. God is encouraging me to do that. Maybe in this coming year I will sleep for one month without stopping! If you come to Belvedere and don’t see me, you might ask where I am and hear the answer, “He’s sleeping.” The following week, when you come again, the answer might be, “He’s still sleeping.” What would you say to that? Would you be indignant?

What if I started to wear a suit made of golden fabric? God wants to indemnify all the deprivation and suffering poor people have undergone in the past, and maybe He could do so by giving me a suit of gold. But wearing a gold-plated suit would not be easy; since it would be awkward and uncomfortable, it would still be indemnity! Would you point your finger at me and call me crazy?

Sometimes when I go to sea, I kill fish with my hands and eat them raw. Maybe by doing so I can vindicate all the thousands of people who died at the mercy of the sea!

The new year is coming, and I might do some unusual things. Would you have trust in me, no matter what I do, that I will not deviate from the Principle? Can you maintain confidence that there is a meaning and purpose behind everything I do?

I want to prepare you for the coming year so that you can be invincible champions for God. God bless you.

## WANTING TO LIVE IN THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN

By Fami1yfed June 20, 2018 June 20, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1981

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### December 20, 1981
Belvedere
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

If someone asked you where is the Kingdom of Heaven, what would you say? There is a simple way to describe the Kingdom of Heaven. It is a nice place, a happy place where a person can have everything he wants. It is the place where the ideal dwells.

Who needs the Kingdom of Heaven? First of all, God does, then all beings in spirit world, including the angels. Most religions have taught that only after death can people experience Heaven; they have had no hope for the Kingdom of Heaven on earth.

If you want to solve a math problem, you need the correct formula and then you can experience the joy of finding the solution. This is true in daily life as well. You have many problems and struggles which must be solved. After a great deal of hard work, once you find the solutions you feel joyful.

Everything in life requires a process. The process of education begins with kindergarten, then elementary school, then middle school, high school, university and finally out into the world which is the goal of the learning process. Can you ever say along the way that your time in elementary school was worthless? Of course not. You needed elementary school to learn how to read and write, the most basic understanding which you still use even at the top of the learning process. Many times people forget the importance of each step in the process of education but it is a cumulative effort by which one goes step by step to the pinnacle.

The same thing is true about the Kingdom of Heaven, which is the highest goal of human life. Can you reach that point by just jumping into it? No, the Kingdom of Heaven must be reached by a certain process. There must be a kindergarten for the Kingdom of Heaven, an elementary school, high school and all the steps up to the PhD level. After going through the PhD training you can truly enter into the Kingdom of Heaven.

Many people think, “I want to live for myself on earth but when I die I want to go to Heaven.” They think they are very clever and try to devise the best way to live a secular, self-centered life on earth and then get to Heaven, too.

When you drive down a bumpy dirt road, your seat becomes very sore from all the bumps. If you suddenly come to a smoother graveled road it feels like heaven in comparison. The next level of improvement would be a paved road, then a two-lane highway and finally a divided super highway, which is truly heaven. However, the aspiration of people has no end. If you had been driving an old jeep on that super highway and you were given a sleek new Cadillac, you would really feel you had raised your level. There are many levels to everything. Even though you may be able to drive 80 mph in that Cadillac, your aspiration never ends and you might feel like you want to go 200 miles per hour.

To elevate yourself from one level to another, you must follow a certain formula or process. You can’t omit your middle school education and go on to high school. Even if a boy is very mature, handsome and intelligent, he can’t be admitted to high school without completing the proper levels leading up to high school. Or suppose a young woman has a huge diamond ring. Does that qualify her to skip middle school and jump to high school, even if her diamond ring is worth more than the high school building? Of course not. There is no way to avoid the particular process of getting an education.

In this sense there are no people more greedy than some religious people. who say, “I want to get to Heaven; I have faith and I want to jump right in, so let me in!” In a way, that’s like trying to swindle one’s way into Heaven. It’s trying to obtain the highest level-Heaven-by just a small amount of effort. It’s almost like someone saying, “I want to become a doctor by meditating. I don’t want to do anything else. If I just sit here and have faith, I will automatically deserve an MD” That certainly won’t happen. Receiving a passport to Heaven is much more difficult and requires more effort than getting an MD degree.

Why did you come to this meeting today, knowing that you would have to sit on the hard floor? Everybody in the secular world expects to be sleeping at this time of the morning, but you came here. We are all here because we want to live in the Kingdom of Heaven. This is why you became a Moonie and why you go through difficult experiences such as fund raising witnessing and home church. Other people don’t even want to think about the things that you do every day.

If someone wants to be a good student he can never completely forget his studies no matter what he is doing. Whether he is eating or playing sports he is still thinking, “I’ll enjoy this for now but soon I have to go back to my studies.” If someone thinks, “I hate to study and go to classes,” there is no chance for him to do well in school. Such a poor student may be aware that there are tests coming soon, but if he doesn’t care about it he will certainly do poorly. It is imperative that the good student be mindful of every step along the way, every test and assignment.

The Unification Church is a training process like a school through which you must gain a certain certification or recognition. Do you want to experience only nice, pleasant activities in a church or do you need to go through hard work, difficulties and tribulations? You need both the good and the undesirable experiences in life, and you need to pass both examinations, not only the joyful one but also the painful one.

A good student always makes a plan and studies the harder subjects first. If math is his hardest course, he will tackle his math assignments first and then move on to the other subjects which are all easier.

Are you a good student or a bad student? You can evaluate your own position. In the Unification Church way of life there are two different kinds of students. There are some people who are always looking to receive more and more joy from God and only want to look on the sunny side of life. Those of you who are sitting on the front row must have made a lot of effort to get here early. You are a different kind of student from those who are outside listening to the loudspeaker and half dozing. Those of you who woke up at 1:00 in the morning to get here early used a lot of time and effort. Sometimes a good student seems to be wasting time because he uses it in such ways, but sacrifice of time is necessary in order to achieve the good results. The bad student normally looks for a shortcut, thinking “How can I get the easiest way out?” But in order to achieve something good one must make determined effort.

Some of the elder members of the Unification Church say, “I’ve been a UC member for 10 years. I’m a holy man now, so don’t touch me. Don’t even ask me to go to a workshop and don’t try to push me out to do menial things like fund raising!” There is another type of member who thinks, “I’ve been in the movement for 10 years but I still don’t understand enough about the True Parents. I want to know Divine Principle better and become a better teacher. I need more effort.” Ten years ago a person might have gone fund raising without understanding the significance of it. After ten years in the movement he can fund raise with a different heart, knowing how valuable it is.

I sent some of the elder members and national leaders from Europe out to the front line to do fund raising and witnessing. They were shocked and said, “Father, do we have to start all over again?” but later they came to me and thanked me for making them true Unification Church members. They felt that until they were put in the position of front line soldiers, they had been only external Unification Church members.

As Unification Church members grow, they learn how to deal with all kinds of people including those at the top levels of society. You gain a certain polish and prestige on the external level. But while this external level is going up the internal level of a person should go down, becoming meeker and more humble, loving and sacrificial. By going up externally and down internally, you can achieve a beautiful harmony. In this way a person becomes a truly exemplary member of the Unification Church.

If there is a huge object it will cast a big shadow behind it. The bigger the side to the sun, the bigger the shadow that will fall behind. Reverend Moon also has a side that faces the sun and a side that casts a shadow. Unification Church members are saying, “Reverend Moon is a great spiritual leader. He is like my spiritual father.” They are seeing the sunny side of Reverend Moon. On the other hand the people in the world who are standing in the shadow think that Reverend Moon is a “monster.” I am not disturbed by those people because I will embrace both those on the sunny side and those who are standing in the shadow. I never say, “I only like Unification Church members because they praise and appreciate me. I don’t like the people who criticize me.” It is not my way of life to receive only the good things and reject the bad.

Therefore I am teaching you to go out to the world and witness to the people who oppose you. With such an attitude, will we digest the world or will the world digest us? Some people say, “I don’t want to receive any persecution, only joy and glory,” but this is almost like saying, “I don’t want to have a shadow, I only want to have a sunny side.” It won’t work.

Knowing these points, we must look at ourselves. Who is the wise person? Who will ultimately get to the Kingdom of Heaven? Where do the Unification Church members find their Heaven? Do you only search for joyful, pleasant experiences to find Heaven? Or do you embrace the missions and the chores that are unpleasant in order to find your way to the Kingdom?

If I am a true teacher to the worldwide members of the Unification Church should I tell you to take it easy, be comfortable and have fun? Or shouldn’t the good, true teacher push you out so that your body and all your five senses have to be focused upon your work? You should not have many idle moments, but you need to learn how to be activated and disciplined to do your most determined effort. Should I say, “You only need to work during the day, not at night time”? There isn’t enough time to spend on lots of makeup. Even washing your face takes a lot of time, so you can just wash your eyes every morning to wake up and then jump out for the mission. Do you think God will say you are naughty for not washing your face? Instead He will be proud of you for your determination and effort. At night when you are so tired that you are sleeping like a log, God will come in with a handkerchief and wash your face and sprinkle a little perfume on you. He will think, “I know this boy will go out tomorrow morning without even washing his face, so I’d better do it for him.” Also, God knows how sore and tired your legs are and he will say, “I know those two legs won’t last very long at this rate, so I want to massage them.” God cannot afford to lose those two legs that are doing so much for His providence.

The person who lives such a way of life is truly a good student in the Unification Church. I made one mistake and that was to buy the New Yorker Hotel. Each of you has too much room, with too much space. God is more attentive to you when you are all close together the way you are here in this room. Some people complain saying, “Why doesn’t Father buy some chairs for Belvedere after all these years? My legs and hips get too tired every Sunday!” But others think, “I am so privileged to be here, sitting on the floor another Sunday morning at Belvedere!” When your hips or your legs complain you should tell them, “Be silent! I am honored to be here.” I observe all kinds of motions you go through, twisting and turning trying to get comfortable.

Some of you find your head falling forward even though you want to listen to the sermon so you say to yourself, “Don’t be weak! Wake up!” Such people are making a determined effort.

Many of you who are engaged are thinking, “Father, why can’t you bless us so that we can live together as a family?” You have that immediate desire, but five years from now when you have 3, 4 or 5 children will you be able to take care of them? Will you be coming to me saying, “I can’t take care of my family. Can you pay for their school tuition?” If you did that would you be a good student or a bad one?

For everyone there are problems and contradictions in life which he must overcome. Both the bad student and the good student must face the sunny side of life and the dark side. Nothing stands still in the universe and everything has its turn. The sunny side is bound to become the dark side eventually and the dark side is bound to turn sunny sooner or later. Therefore once you are ready for the dark side, trained and conditioned to endure cold weather and difficulties, when you experience the sunny side it is totally heaven for you. But the person who can deal only with the sunny side of life and does not know how to cope with the difficult times will feel he is in total hell when the dark side comes around, which it inevitably will. It is a law of nature that without a low place there cannot be a high place; and without a narrow place there can be no wide place. A person cannot even understand what is wide unless he knows what is narrow. Everybody seeks for high, wide and deep places but in order to appreciate them you must know their opposites.

All great and large things can be measured by a small measurement. The yardstick contains within it the foot and the inch measurements. Can someone say, “I prefer to measure things by the biggest measurement, the yardstick.

not by the inch? The yard is a multiplication of the inch so without knowing the inch, one cannot understand the yard. That basic standard of measurement for the inch must be clear-cut and absolute in order for the larger measurement to be clear. The wise person seeks to go inch-by-inch, perfecting the standard of that fundamental measurement, and then moving forward into the larger domains. The person who foolishly grasps the yard first can have no knowledge of the inch and foot measurements, but he who masters the inch measurement first simply multiplies it until it becomes a foot and a yard.

I have seen many people in the Unification Church who have sought only to make themselves a “yard” rather than a little inch. However, I am urging each of you to become an inch first and perfect your basic standard of the inch. People protest saying, “No, Father, I only want to be a big yardstick,” but if you master only the yard, you will have no way to bring yourself down to the foot and the inch measurements. If you start out with the inch you can go all the way to the top by simply multiplying. Many of you are listening to this “inch-message” and you feel repelled because you think you are already on the level of the yardstick.

The Bible says, “Know the truth and the truth shall make you free.” Therefore when you live by the truth, becoming a true “inch-stick” you can go anywhere freely, whether it is on the inch level, the foot level or the yard level and beyond. But if you try to live according to a lie, trying to become a yardstick prematurely, everything will be blocked for you. It is much better to become a true inch-stick than a false yardstick. You have been wanderers, neither inch sticks nor yardsticks, but someplace in-between. Now if you bring yourself down to the lowly position of the inch, will you welcome it or regret it? Do you feel good about my pushing you to make yourselves small and humble? Whether you like it or not, I must speak the truth to you. There is no exception to the laws of the universe. Not even God himself is exempt.

God should be the center and the first being in the Kingdom of Heaven. Then true men and women and finally the true things of creation. Certainly God feels himself to be the center of the universe and the Kingdom of Heaven, but is this an easy job that is lots of fun? Or does He have a huge responsibility? As the central figure for the entire cosmos, His responsibility is absolutely giant. If God were to forget His responsibilities for just one second it would be a disaster. Can God think, “I want to close up shop and take off one day?” Not at all. People think, “I have been working too hard so I need a week off for a vacation.” If God took a vacation, the cosmos would not survive. Therefore God cannot doze for one second; in fact, He cannot even take a rest. In the spirit world there is no night time, no resting time. In order for God to be able to work non-stop, He couldn’t afford to have a physical body. God exists beyond time and space fulfilling His responsibilities for the cosmos. If we are His children, can we think of abandoning our responsibilities and taking a week or a month off? Certainly that would be an affront to God.

This is the Yuletide season and everyone is excited about the approach of Christmas Day. It’s the time of parties and holiday festivities for most people, but what about God? Instead of being happy and ready to take a vacation, He is beset with more problems than ever. During holidays, there are more traffic deaths, more crime and more suffering than normal. When God has to observe His children dying from these things, He can’t sing joyfully, “Merry Christmas to everybody!”

As Moonies we live a different kind of life from people in the secular world. Most people go off on trips and vacations during the summertime, deserting the cities to go to the beaches and the mountains. Last summer I went to Germany where I spent three months in a hot, sweaty environment. Instead of a vacation I set up special conditions for witnessing and it was a busy season. You may not like such things but you have to admit that activities like that are good ones. They are good because they reflect the activities of God. If I want to be an object to God then I must do what God does, responding to His needs.

We must know how we are related to our ultimate central figure, which is God New York City is a place of hell. Multitudes of people have become like human trash; their lives are ruined and they are only waiting to be tossed into the dungeons of hell. We are people who have the power to stop this tragedy, to reverse this process. This is why we must live differently. We are striving to be objects to God and God is different from this hellish world. If you respond to God’s efforts you are bound to be different from the rest of the world. We must bring about the restoration of New York City and make it a place that brings joy and glory to God. Once that happens we can take a vacation joyfully.

Why doesn’t Reverend Moon seek an easier way of life? I could separate myself from the secular world and live as a “holy man.” Why do I work against the spread of communism; why do I fight against organized persecution; why am I bothering with these things? After all, because I bother with these things many people have come against me. The reason I bother and worry about all those different “secular” things is that God is worrying about them. If I want to respond to God and be His object, I cannot ignore the world. I feel that as object to God I will never fail to respond to God’s desires. When God stops, I will stop. I know that by pursuing this route to the end I will change this world and bring it back to God.

Of those who know me, none denies that I have worked harder than anyone else in the Unification Church. Why have I been so foolish as to take the cup of suffering? No one enjoys being persecuted throughout his life, having fingers pointed at him and being spit at; I don’t like it, either. Why do I take this position, then? Because that is exactly the position God has been put in. The world spits at God, they proudly pronounce that God is dead, they curse God. How can I avoid being persecuted and mistreated? If I am truly a representative of God then I will receive the same treatment that God receives. But the man of God must continue to do God’s will, embracing the world and loving it with a pure heart. There is no other way to become a child of God. As you live together with God, sharing in His life, you shall become men and women of God.

There are many ministers preaching their Sunday sermons today but where is there a minister who cares about God’s suffering, God’s mistreatment at the hands of the sinful world? Reverend Moon is the one man who is crying in the wilderness, speaking out on behalf of God. We must forget our own salvation, which is secondary, and we must concentrate upon the salvation of God. There are so many situations in this world which God absolutely abhors. I want to volunteer to clean up those things in order to allow God to take joy from this world.

All the ancestors of the human race are watching this world from spirit world and are observing the actions of Rev. Moon. They are not calling me a fool for going this difficult path; instead, they consider me a champion and they are urging me on. The spirit world is shouting, “Don’t get tired, Reverend Moon, even though you are getting old. Don’t stop!” Mohammed Ali, at the age of 36, has been defeated as the heavyweight champion but even though I am 62, I refuse to be defeated. I’m going to be a winner in this championship.

If you understand how God suffers in agony over this world and you know that Rev. Moon is one man who is trying to follow God’s will no matter what comes against him, would you want to become a disciple of Reverend Moon? Do you want to follow Reverend Moon even though people curse you and call you names? If you want to be a Moonie in spite of all this suffering, it is because you understand a simple fact. You know that no matter what the world says about Reverend Moon, God loves him and God loves Moonies. If you love God, you want to take a parallel position with Him and not contradict Him. Our value is not determined by how the world sees us but whether or not we can become loving objects to God.

Unification Church members are of all ages. Some of you probably wished that you had joined the Church at a younger age, but since you cannot go back and start over, at least you are fortunate enough to be here now. You can bring your children into the world, teaching them to live their lives parallel to God from the beginning. All of you can think, “I am going to make my future family a God centered family.” No matter how high is heaven and how low is earth, as long as you are harboring the same thoughts and desires as God, you and He are one. You will be one with the Most High, and within you will be the Kingdom of Heaven.

Each of you should think, “I not only want to live my life with God, but I want to transform New York into a Godly city and serve America until it becomes a Godly nation, and the whole world, as well.” With such an attitude, even hell will eventually be transformed into Heaven. This is the will of God so we must be the champions to undertake and complete this task. When you are thinking and living in such a way, you and God will be inseparable. Therefore, anything God possesses will be yours. Any power or spirit that God manifests is yours as well.

We must be champions representing all the religions and people of the world, marching forward toward God. How wonderful that life is! Would people who live like that be shaken by the communists or by persecution? Never! I always think in this way, “If God needs someone to die for His cause, I am the first volunteer.” This is the way I live my life and this is the spirit upon which the Unification Church was created. Although our church has been persecuted and has suffered, it never stopped me in any way or changed my mind even one iota.

We must think about our lives and how we have been living. How far are you from the absolute standard of which I have been speaking? If you are not close to that standard, you should repent and begin to unite your life with it. Why do you need to unite with me? If you follow this way, you will be able to find unity with God; God will be yours, and you will be God’s in an inseparable relationship. I am striving to bring all of you to that level of relationship with God. I look at my own family from this viewpoint, expecting my children to live up to that standard. Sometimes I see that it is not happening 100% and I make effort to see that it does. Sometimes my ideas and Mother’s are not 100% the same but I must continue to go this way.

I have completed my mission here in America. December 18, two days ago, was the tenth anniversary of my arrival in this country. These past ten years have been tough and in many ways a very suffering time. However, I never denied this course or rejected the suffering that came my way. Now after ten years my attitude is “Go ahead and put upon my shoulders whatever persecution you must. I shall not retreat.” I am going to continue to the end standing up for what is right. I know justice will prevail. So far I have not had any freedom because of the job I had to do in this country, but from now on I have the freedom to move on to the rest of the world. I did not come here to live in this country permanently. The time will come when I leave the United States and you will assume my position, taking on my responsibility and marching forward to victory.

Right here and now we must make up our minds to achieve victory and to become responsible men and women. With the end of 1981, all conditions for my 21-year course have been completed. No matter by what calendar, my 21-course is finished.

A baby grows inside the mother’s womb for nine months as a separate individual from the mother. The Unification Church is like a womb and you are like the baby inside that womb. Many times, you forget that you are inside of that womb. You think, “This is my life!” but it’s not just your life. In your blood stream flows the blood of your father and your mother. You are truly a branch or an extension of the life of your parents. You enjoy a certain familiarity with your environment. It is not a strange place.

Life within the Kingdom of Heaven is the same. You have an environment with God at the center. God is the essence and center of love. He is also the originator and the master of life. Within the Kingdom of Heaven, each person has his own heavenly position and property. Thus the content of the Kingdom of Heaven revolves around love, life and property.

A baby within the womb is the result of the love of the parents, the lives of the parents and is the property of the parents. One’s existence does not come about all of a sudden but must arise out of an environment. Most people want to belong to a good, honorable family because such a family provides the best environment. When someone belongs to a good family he also belongs to the prestige and good tradition of that family.

God is in the most honorable position in the universe. He is the center of love, the master of life and He owns everything. What is His purpose in owning everything? God’s purpose is to expand, to multiply Himself to an infinite amount. Within God there is the quality of a man’s love and the quality of a women’s love. By having sons and daughters, God can expand himself in both directions; and by their coming together, they can become whole.

Whose property are you? Your parents can claim you as their property, but the American way of thinking is, “I am 1. 1 own myself and no one else has any claim on me.” You can only say, “I am 1,” once you recognize that you are the extension and the property of the parents. When you can inherit that property, then you can say, “I am 1.” Each person is the property of his parents but at the same time his parents are his property. How can this be? Because through the unity of love between the child and the parents, each can say he owns the other. The love and the life of the parents came together to bring about your existence and you are an extension of their love and life. You own them and they own you; you are theirs and they are yours.

The same formula can be extended all the way to the level of God. Everything living in this universe is an extension of the love of God and the life of God. Therefore, we are all together God’s property.

What is the purpose and goal of fallen man? We want to be restored into the position of object to God. What does “object of God” mean? We will come to the position where we can claim that we are the extension of the love and life of God. Do you have the power of the life of God within you? What about the love of God? That is the ultimate question to ask yourself. Whether you live or die you cannot avoid this destiny. You must be restored into the position of object to God, where you can claim, “God’s love and life are dwelling within me.”

Who is God? God is the common parent toward every person in mankind. He looks at everyone as His child. The same relationship between parents and children can be applied to God and yourself. You can say, “I am the extension of the life and love of God, therefore, I am the property of God. At the same time, God is my property.” You can also say, “I am the object of the love of God; I am the object of the life of God. Therefore, I am dwelling within the happiness of God and I am a part of His happiness.” That is the position which we must fulfill, that object position to God where the dwelling of God’s love and life can be found.

Therefore our life, our energy and power is given by God. When the source of our energy is the love of God, whatever we do is the representation of God; your action will be God’s action. With this source of energy we can face the world and digest all of its evils.

Some people might say, “It sounds attractive to live a life for God but I don’t like having to go out and represent God to the world and trying to digest the world’s evils.” Historically, religions have always taught people to serve the world with sacrificial, humble meekness but most people don’t like that. Living a meek and humble life is not easy. I am always pushing you, “Go out to the world and be humble, be meek, be sacrificial and serve the people.” Many times you answer me, “Yes, I will do it,” but you actually step back and try to retreat from my direction. You must understand why we have to live in such a way.

Parents don’t pretend in front of their children. Even a royal king is like a child before his children. No one says, “I am a king. Bow down to me, my child.” The king laughs and smiles with his baby, kissing him on the cheek. When a little baby dirties his diaper, does he feel shame and guilt? No, he smiles and enjoys himself. He doesn’t care if the parents have a hard time changing his diaper. Such things are natural to the baby and the parent can accept it because of love. In love there is nothing ugly.

When you visit the room of a very old grandparent, you might notice a funny smell. An elderly husband and wife who have lived together for many years may live in a house that smells bad to other people, but they are accustomed to each other’s smells so they don’t notice anything unusual. That is a beautiful thing.

The world of love is connected to the world of spirit. When an old grandfather holds a little baby the baby will not care if he smells bad. The baby can touch the old grandfather’s beard and enjoy it very much. However when the baby grows older and becomes a teenager, he may be offended if his grandfather smells bad. The naive, pure world of the little child is one in which the closeness of love can be felt purely. Once you lose your purity, you fall away from that world of love. Particularly in the American way of life, a kind of unnatural standard has been created which corrupts people without their even realizing it. It is easy to lose your purity and your naive, genuine feeling; that is bad. We in the Unification Church must restore that purity and genuineness.

Very old people sometimes revert to a “second childhood.” Sometimes they even have to use diapers because they cannot control their bodily functions. When a person is young he is cared for by his parents, but when the parents become very old, their children take care of them. In this way the grandfather and grandmother become like babies and the son and daughter become like their parents. This is a beautiful give and take, the turning of the cycle.

Sons and daughters should respect their elders and their own parents to the point of taking care of them when they are no longer able to care for their own bodily functions. Such children are truly sons and daughters of filial piety.

Let me depict a situation for you. Suppose you are a married couple and you live in a home with your parents and your own children. You have a very young baby who is not yet toilet trained, but your parents are in the same situation and cannot, control their body functions. You have two different “bathroom situations,” so where should you put your priority? The American way is to think, “I must take care of my child. I can send my parents to a nursing home and let someone else take care of them.” The Oriental philosophy is different-they take care of the parents first, then they care for the child. This is the more heavenly way.

Why should a person care for his parents first before his child? It is because the parents are above you in your lineage and they are therefore closer to God. Caring for the elderly is a beautiful thing. When you are out on the street and you see an old grandmother walking on a cane with difficulty, you ought to take her arm and help her. When anyone looks at such a sight, they smile and are moved by the beauty of it. Not just people in this world, but everyone in spirit world and even God himself is moved by such beauty.

When you enter into spirit world your entire ancestral lineage, from the very beginning thousands of years ago, will all come to welcome you. You are many thousands of generations down the line. Everybody else there is older than you so you cannot say, “All of you must kneel down before me. I am the boss.” Also you wouldn’t say, “Don’t bother me, I don’t want to have anything to do with you.”

You enter the Kingdom of Heaven by stepping across the bridge of your ancestors. You must walk on the shoulders of those who came before you. You cannot do this by any power, knowledge, or accomplishment but only by love. You ancestors will feel joy to have you step across their shoulders if you are united with them in love. If you establish the tradition of serving your parents and grandparents as you serve your own child, once you enter into the spirit world you can be instantly united with your entire ancestral tree, including God who is at the top of your ancestral tree. You can go anywhere freely and be united with everyone in spirit world. Every barrier will be broken down because you set the tradition here on earth of serving your own child and your own parents with love.

I have asked older persons from time to time if they would like to go to senior citizens homes. They always said “No.” Would God agree with such a desire on the part of those old people or would He think that they ought to go to senior citizens homes? God would certainly agree with them. What if your parents were so feeble that they couldn’t control their bodily functions? Would you still want to be around them? Should I agree with the American system of sending old people off to institutions, or should I continue to say that it is not right? What I am saying is the Principle. It is truth of a universal, unchanging nature.

The parent/child relationship is the basic building block of the Kingdom of Heaven and it must be expanded to the society, nation, world and cosmos. If you don’t have the good fortune to have your parents still living on the earth, then you should serve other parents like they were your own. If you don’t have any children or your children are all grown up, then love other children as you would love your own child. This is even nobler than loving your own child. If you go to Africa you should serve in the same spirit. The African grandmother will be like your own grandmother; the African child is your own son. Likewise if you go to South America, the North Pole, the South Pole, Asia, or the Middle East, it doesn’t make any difference. You should practice this principle of love and wherever you go in the world you can create the Kingdom of Heaven there.

This ideal can be fulfilled within one family. In one family you can find the three basic skin colors of the human race. Suppose there is a black mother breast feeding her white baby; the mother and child will gaze at each other in love. This is a dramatic fulfillment of the will of God. Only through genuine parental love can such unity appear. There can be no color or racial barriers. The “white supremacist” who says that black people are not on the level of whites will find a rude awakening when he goes to spirit world. God will assign a black supervisor to such a person with the assignment to treat him cruelly, kicking and hitting him. Would that white supremacist still be glad that he lived the way he did on the earth? No, he would have much regret. That is the law of cause and effect and no one can avoid the consequences of that law. No matter what, you cannot bend or go beyond the Principle.

Where is the Kingdom of Heaven? It is the place where the life and the love of God are found. It is the dwelling of God. In order to live in that kind of Kingdom, you must be willing and eager to take care of your own baby and also your old, feeble parents.

You can evaluate yourself and whom you love the most. Do you love yourself the most? Do you love your spouse the most or your own children? Do you know how to love others, including your parents? The person who serves himself last, putting others before him, shall be in the highest position in the Kingdom of Heaven.

What kind of God do we have? Does God say, “I am the almighty God. I created you, my children, so you must glorify me and serve me! Do everything for me because I want to live for myself.” God is not that kind of God. In fact, God is the opposite of that. God is the one who has set the tradition of humbly serving and loving the world. God’s tradition is that of changing diapers, enduring bad smells and caring for the bodily functions of people. God has done nothing but serve and sacrifice and He is asking us to follow His tradition.

When you become a married couple living a happy life, suppose Mother and I came knocking on your door one day. Suppose we were very elderly, barely able to walk and we said, “Son, can we come in and stay in your house?” What would you say? Would you say, “Father and Mother, please stand out there and wait while I think about it.” What if, instead of Mother and myself we sent some other old couple as our representative? If that other old couple came knocking at your door, what would you do then? Would you treat them the same as you would treat Mother and me?

What you do becomes what your children do. What your children do becomes what your grandchildren do. This is tradition. We know in our minds what the Kingdom of Heaven is all about, but the important question is whether or not we are living it. In our homes we should have a separate guest room always ready for people passing by, even helpless, sick people and beggars. Think of it. If everybody in the society, nation and world lived in such a way, no one would have to wonder about the Kingdom of Heaven. It would be there already in substance. You wouldn’t have to pray or train yourself to think according to God’s way of thinking. We are living our lives the way we do now, like coming to Belvedere early on a Sunday morning, because we still have to reach out for that goal of the Kingdom of Heaven. We are still wanting to live in the Kingdom of Heaven. If you can create that Kingdom here on the earth, you don’t have to worry about the spirit world; it will be wide open to you.

An honor student at a good university will be sought out by prospective employers, even if he tries to hide from them. If you as a Moonie are giving yourself totally to the principled way of life even if you try to hide yourself saying that you don’t deserve to go to the Kingdom of Heaven, God will say, “What do you mean, my son? Come here, come into the Kingdom of Heaven!” In other words, you will have no alternative but to live in the Kingdom of Heaven if you are living according to the Principle.

When I go into New York City I don’t concentrate on the skyscrapers. Instead I notice the dirty, dark alleys; the places where the Mafia and the drug addicts are working; I see where the prostitutes and thieves work. My thinking is, “How can I clean up those things?” Isn’t it true that somebody has to clean up those things? Should I just leave them alone, or should I do something about them? That’s why you are asked to go and do home church. If there are 1,000 evil-doers in your home church area when you first get there, one year later by your example and service you can reduce that number to 800. The second year you can reduce them to 500; the third year, 200. Finally, by the fifth year, there will be no one in your area who is doing evil. You can serve the elderly people in your area. Do their laundry, cook for them, clean their houses for them. I have done such things myself.

Wherever you go, walk with a loving mind and a loving heart. Love is a contradiction. It is good, beautiful and sweet, but the practice of love is often painful, sacrificial, and even smelly!

People tend to conceptualize God as sitting on a throne, wearing a crown and ordering the universe around, but that kind of false concept has to be changed. We must come to know the reality of God’s situation. God has told me that my understanding is correct so no matter what people may say about me, I will continue to live this way and go this route. I could have had a much easier life if I had chosen to become the minister of some wealthy, established church, but I asked God to direct my life. Either Reverend Moon is very foolish or very wise.

What about you? Are you wise people or foolish people? You want to live in the Kingdom of Heaven, isn’t that correct? You are working hard, serving, witnessing, fundraising, in order to take the shortest path to the Kingdom of Heaven. You are learning to digest both this world and spirit world all at once. Within yourself you are creating the Kingdom of Heaven.

Can you complain because of persecution and hard work, then? You may be living in a sacrificial way now, but the reward is infinitely great. When you serve the world with a parental heart, the world will reward you. When you live for the sake of the entire cosmos, the cosmos will reward you for all eternity. Whenever a child is living in a sacrificial way to serve his parents, those parents appreciate that child and will never forget his efforts. This same principle applies to God.

So far people have known about the Kingdom of Heaven but they haven’t known how to get there. The way to the Kingdom of Heaven is not an easy way; it is not a rosy and glorious way. A person must live his life with service, meekness and sacrifice in order to get there. However, most people don’t even want to hear about such things and that is what is wrong with this world. The barrier will never be removed between mankind and God without going through that process. Only when mankind is united in love can the dwelling of God be with man.

What will unite mankind? Only the meek, humble, serving way of life. God himself is the epitome of such a way of life. Who can be more patient than God or more forgiving, more unconditionally sacrificial? Think about the way people curse God. Certainly God has the power, if He wanted to use it, to destroy those who are saying “God is dead.” People often feel the urge for revenge against those who mistreat them, but God does not use his power for revenge. God is patient, waiting for you to be awakened. He is giving you time and forgiveness, over and over again. This is why God is truly the King of the entire cosmos. Those men who used the power of the world to do evil, such as Hitler, Mussolini and Stalin, haven’t even got the power to lift their heads in spirit world.

There have been many people who have left the Unification Church after having said, “Father, I want to be an exemplary member and help you in your work for the rest of my life.” Do you think I pray, “God, please bring down the legions of hell to destroy those ex-Moonies?” Never. I pray to God for their forgiveness. It’s an amazing thing that, even though established Christianity has opposed me so strongly, I have spent much money and effort to help them to understand our message. The purpose of God is not to destroy, but to save. This includes the communists, as well.

If there were a world senate, what kind of president do you think they would elect? A president who would want to give himself tirelessly for the sake of the world’s citizens or a president who would sacrifice the world for his own benefit? Certainly the world would want the first kind. With sacrificial service you can go deeply into this world and cleanse it. When you go down deeper and deeper you will have to go all the way down to the bottom of hell. After Jesus was crucified he went down into the dungeons of hell first for three days to preach the gospel. The power of unselfish love can cleanse everything, even hell. With that power we can literally build the Kingdom of Heaven on the earth. We come to the ultimate conclusion that God is truly the King of wisdom.

You have the aspiration to live in the Kingdom of Heaven; every one of you is wanting to live in that Kingdom. Some people have complained, “My fiancé is not the perfect match for me. We have so many problems; I want to break my engagement.” But think about the Kingdom of Heaven and how to get there. The way to Heaven is the way of patience and endurance; you must be able to love unconditionally and sacrificially. God is trying to teach each person through his fiancé a realm that he could never learn in any other way. You should think, “My fiancé is a gift from God to teach me how to go to Heaven.” God is trying to bring every sinner back into the position of His own true child. This is a seemingly impossible job, if you think of it. Can you say, “My fiancé is not handsome enough for me. And he’s too short; he’s Japanese.” Please raise your hand if you are a perfect person. Then how can you complain against your fiancé?

Suppose you are a handsome man and you happen to be engaged to an ugly woman. If you serve and love that woman unconditionally, uniting and making a harmonious family with her, you have already claimed Heaven for yourself. That wife will be able to do more good for her husband than any other woman because she will be able to make him a saint.

When you adopt this way of life nothing can trouble you any more. Furthermore you can become a troubleshooter for the world. As someone who can conquer the problems of the world, you will be able to live a wonderful way of life. When you are living that way of life, you will be eligible to enter the Kingdom of Heaven. God will be more than willing to accept you with open arms. Those of you who are determined to become eligible to enter the Kingdom of Heaven, please raise your hands. God bless you!

## OUR PRIDE

By Fami1yfed June 20, 2018 June 20, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1981

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### December 13,1981
Belvedere
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

#### Copyright © 1986 by Holy Spirit Association for the Unification of World Christianity.

What is our pride? The meaning of the word “pride” includes showing or even boasting about something. In this room, we have all different skin colors-white, yellow, and black. Think about everyone trying to show off-the white community showing off among themselves, for example. The black race has their own pride, and the yellow race has theirs, too. They all have things to be proud of. When people try to be proud among themselves and also before other races, where does it end? White people might point to their skin or their blue eyes. Blue eyes could promote a sense of pride in a person, but brown eyes have their own beauty, too.

A white person might say boastfully, “My eyes are large and deep blue. Look at them!” But a yellow person might say, “Look at my eyes! They are very thin and protected, their color is brown, and that is special.” Everybody has his reasons for liking his own things, so you like yours and I like mine.

What things can you be proud of in your face? Four things, basically: eyes, nose, mouth and ears. Fashion magazines seem to prefer thin and long faces, but some people like round and heavy faces. Everything depends on your viewpoint. When you try to compete with others over things to be proud of, there is no end-white people have their viewpoint, yellow people have their viewpoint or their claim, and black people also. Everyone thinks of himself as Number One.

People have double features-the external self and the internal self-but you cannot see your internal self with your eyes. That means you cannot see how much there is within the internal self to be proud of. There are so many things to be proud of in the internal self. When the internal self looks at a white person full of pride for his eyes, his skin color or his hair, what do you think the internal self feels? Normally, those who are show-offs in an external way have very ugly internal characters, while those who are proud of their internal character often have ugly exteriors.

Why is it that the external show-off usually has an ugly internal character? That is the way the universe gets evenyou cannot have everything; normally you have to give up something to gain something else. Therefore, those who have an outstanding and beautiful external appearance often have a very poor internal character, and vice-versa. Those who bring great damage to mankind-are they normally very attractive people or very ugly people? Regardless of race, throughout history those who have brought the greatest damage to mankind have been those who were proud of their external appearance.

Those who are the most devout, outstanding Unification Church members-are they the most beautiful people externally or just so-so? Very often, those who have the features of an Idaho potato are the most loyal members of the Unification Church. So those of you who am not so externally attractive should not be discouraged, because you have something else to have pride in.

We must determine what we are going to be truly proud of Women are often very careful about their hands; they manicure their nails, cover them with creams, and make them very beautiful. But no matter how beautiful your hands might be, once you reach the age of 30 or so, your hands start to lose their beauty.

The most beautiful hands in the world are the hands of loving mothers. Their hands are very hard-working, rough, callused and even ugly, but they are the most beautiful hands. Which would touch the heart of a son of filial piety more-a beautiful, manicured hand, or the hard-working, rough hands of his suffering mother? Certainly, the rough hands would move the heart of the son most deeply. Sacrificial love is embodied in those rough hands of the mother who suffers for the sake of her son and family.

No matter how physically beautiful your eyes might be, if they are shining with the light of jealousy, or you are pursuing your own ambitions and trying to harm others to benefit yourself, those eyes do not have true beauty. In fact, they are the most fearful and ugliest eyes of all. Suppose someone else has very unattractive, irregularly-shaped eyes, but they shine with the light of mercy and compassion. Those eyes are truly beautiful, with a magnetic power to move your heart. Can you understand this description?

When the motivation of the internal character is that of love, then everything else becomes beautiful;- internal qualifies are the true determining factors of a person’s beauty or ugliness.

Here we are together, all races and skin colors. If we are to find pride in something, on what basis should that pride rest, on an internal quality or an external one? Someone might take care of himself-dressing well, eating well, and looking so dignified and elegant externally-but if his mind is dark and ugly, then that person has no true value, nothing to be truly proud of.

We come to the conclusion that as men and women we cannot have pride in external things but only in internal qualities. Perhaps some of you Unification Church women are concerned that when you look in the mirror you see that you are not a beauty queen, and you are afraid that your future husband will not like you because of that Today, cast away those worries! You must have pride in your internal self-you have the most valuable, God-given treasure.

Suppose a very homely Unification Church woman went to the museum of the beauty queens of history. Walking down the aisles, she would see one beauty queen after another. She should think, “You are all proud of your external beauty, but here I am among you, the internal queen of beauty-The Queen of Queens”. All external beauty queens who are proud of their faces and bodies must bow down to the internal beauty queens because they are the true beauties.

Between husband and wife, those women who expect their husbands to admire their eyes and face are expecting only a very shallow kind of love. On the other hand, when ugly men and women of internal beauty gaze at one another with admiration, there is a great depth and strong bond between the two. If a person’s love for another is based only upon his external appearance, that love can only last for a few days; after that, he would get fired of just external beauty. However, the person who has less external beauty but has a deep, lovely internal character of compassion and dignity will radiate a beauty that would not bore someone after ten years and onto eternity. So which would you want-external beauty or internal beauty?

When we compare East and West, we see that women of the West tend to value external beauty more, while women of the East tend to value internal things more. When you look at Oriental women, they seem to be shy and passive and lack expression in their faces, so you might wonder if they are capable of loving men. But within that kind of character, a deep love can be harnessed, something mysterious. You have a saying, “Silence is golden”. For the Orient, this is very true; sometimes silence is valued most highly. But the Western way of life endeavors to be communicative-immediately, all at once. And you joke and use humor a lot. This is why there are so many comedians in the Western world. There is a big distance between silence and joking.

The Western way of life is very direct, expressive and, in a way, too hasty. When you say, “Thank you”, the other person says quickly, “You’re welcome”. But in the Orient we say, “Kamsa-hamnida”, which means thank you, but it doesn’t come too quickly. Then the person receiving the thanks always demurs, saying, “No, no, I haven’t done anything for your The Western way of receiving thank is so forthright, ready to receive another thanks, again and again, “You’re welcome, you’re welcome’ It’s like taking praise freely, as much as possible. But in the Orient, the attitude is different. When you receive thanks from someone, you don’t expect to receive more and more, but you just draw back. Which is the more beautiful of the two ways? Taking as much as you can get, or taking just one, humbly? You conclude correctly that the second way is best.

Active expression, in many cases, uses up everything-, but with silence, you can imagine infinitely. Silence has all kinds of harmony within itself. This is what Buddhism teaches-in Nothingness there is no awareness of self, only vacancy and void, there, everything can harmonize perfectly because there is no obstacle or resistance. So when you are actively expressing yourself with words, you are putting up limitations or obstacles to your expression. Of course,

I am not denying the value of external communication; but the emphasis must be placed on the internal character, not the external.

We must have a reciprocal relationship between those who have internal beauty and those who have external beauty. Those who have the external beauty should seek after the internal. East and West are living at the extreme ends of the pole. When we took at the two cultures, which represents the more internal one? Because the Eastern character is based upon quietness and silence, it is more reserved and internal. Western character is more external, outgoing, expressive and physical. You can understand that, right?

One very good example of this difference is the high beets which Western women wear. It shows that you just cannot stand still, but have to be leaning and moving forward an the time. Also, you make an effort to have slim waistlines; you cannot move on high heels without thin waists. Since you have to move the hips a great deal, you have to have a thin axis to turn on. American culture is typified in the women’s high heels-you are outgoing, moving forward, you are geared up to go forward and certainly not backwards.

Oriental women have had an ancient tradition of walking quietly, reserved. But Western women cannot walk quietly in high heels; you are bound to make noise. Also, you express your feelings immediately. When you love someone you say, “I love your “Love” is such a precious word, but it comes too quick, too cheap sometimes. Even when you meet someone for the first time, you might embrace and kiss. But in the Eastern world, that may not happen in a million years. In Oriental culture, the only person you would think of kissing is your husband or wife; and you don’t do it publicly but only in private. Normally, Orientals do not shake hands either.

You might say, “I don’t want to five in such a tasteless way”. But actually, that is not a true perception. There is a very deep taste to the Oriental way. Westerners want to share their joy by laughing out very loudly and jumping up and down; but the Easterners just smile quietly, while internally there is the same feeling. Their manner is more reserved. In Oriental tradition, women are never expected to laugh out loud, those who are considered the most noble would never do that. One laugh by an Oriental woman would show her appreciation, while the Western way is to laugh out loud a lot, then move on to another situation, never taking time to savor why you were laughing in the first place.

I’m not just trying to criticize Western culture, but I am trying to determine here which culture is the more internal one.

When God decides to send someone to the world who can restore all things, where would God search for His champion to accomplish the mission? Would He look within the Eastern or the Western culture? You say, “Eastern” but that is not necessarily so. If we want to restore all things in the world of physical reality, Westerners are more prepared to deal with that. For this reason, most scientific and economic development has come to the Western world first, not the Eastern world. What should you do with this development? You should move toward the East, in terms of digging deeper into the internal, religious value of things.

Religion deals mainly with the internal aspect of man, not the external. Christianity has been the predominant Western religion, but its role is diminishing; the world requires something, which is beyond the realm of Christianity. It was successful in fulfilling human needs for the past 2,000 years, but today those needs are surpassing traditional Christianity. Now we see the birth of a new religious movement, the Unification Church, which is going deeper than Christianity. Established Christian churches say that the Unification Church is a heretical church, outside the boundaries of Christianity. In a way, they are confessing that Christianity has limits, which can be surpassed.

When we compare established Christianity with the Unification Church, which can we say is the more internal? Why do you say that the Unification Church is more internal? In a way, our church members look dumb; we don’t react to all the mistreatment the world heaps upon us. “You are brainwashed!” they say, but we seem to be unconcerned with their persecution. We are digesting all their ‘ persecution, and we don’t even have diarrhea! We don’t show hatred or anger in response, but instead are capable of taking their abuse and rising above it.

When Oriental people come to this culture, they normally don’t separate from the society but assimilate into it-they learn the language and embrace the culture, digesting it. But when Westerners go to the East, they have great difficulty digesting the Eastern culture and languages. You have already made up your minds that Korean and other Eastern languages are virtually impossible for you to team; that means you are already limiting yourself and you are actually retreating.

Western technology is the most advanced in the world. Japan has been able to excel by digesting the Western technological ways and developing even better ones. When I went to West Germany, I could see that they didn’t understand the Japanese mentality; they didn’t even want to know about it. They cannot speak the Oriental languages, nor do they know anything about the Orient.

God needs a champion who can embrace all the cultures of the world, including the East and West. Since Easterners have that ability to digest and embrace the West, then that champion his to come from the Eastern culture; God would certainly decide in that way.

The ideal culture of the future will come out of the harmony of the two extremes of East and West. For this reason, you must learn to embrace and digest other cultures. If you try to resist or repel each other, there can be no way to bring about the unified world culture. Is that true?

Here in the United States, people might say, “We don’t need anybody’s help. Don’t come here, you Easterners, because this is our territory!” That is actually a retreat. Some people say to me, “Reverend Moon, you go home! We are all right, we don’t need your help; leave us alone.” I did not come here to wage a war or confront the Western culture; I came here to digest it, to understand and harmonize with it. Which direction will the world as a whole follow-the attitude of negative Americans, or the harmonizing attitude of Reverend Moon? You answer “Reverend Moon’s attitude” because it is common sense, not because you are a Moonie. Everyone, even an elementary school child, can see the truth of that.

What are the characteristics of Moonies? Moonies are the people who can harmonize with and digest Eastern and Western culture and create God’s culture. That’s what Moonies are all about. You have been mistreated thousands of times on the streets; people give you a hard time, laughing at you, spitting at you and scorning you. You feel like striking back, but then you say to yourself, “No. I can embrace them”. This is the greatness of the Moonies! It is not from cowardice that you ad in such a way, but from strength.

We men and women are here, determined to digest not only the cultures of East and West, but also the spirit world culture and the culture of God. We are going to bring harmony to them all. With this attitude, we can digest millions of things. Therefore, when your wedding comes, you can look at your spouse from an opposite culture and achieve unity that is unbelievable in normal cases. In our families, we are going to have all different colon-the multicolored families of black, white, and yellow. Through your generations to come, you will create the one, Godcentered Unification culture. That is the determination of the Moonies.

This is not easy to practice; this kind of philosophy, as we know, is difficult. But we can digest it and overcome it, not out of cowardice, but greatness. This is the kind of family which all of mankind has been dreaming about for centuries, and it has come to the world through the work of the Unification Church.

In a way, the Unification Church is strange. In the Western world, people don’t sit on the floor as you are doing now. In the Unification Church, though, you come here and sit on the floor and listen for hours and hours. That’s why your parents have so much difficulty understanding. They say. You are brainwashed,” but you are here to digest the Eastern culture. Those people who oppose us have no capability

of understanding what we have perceived-they have no taste of it-so they cannot handle us at all. But we have the ability to deal with all the different cultures, so we are standing on victorious ground, while others are already defeated. We are marching forward and they are retreating.

We in the Unification Church have pride that we are people of great capacity. Around the world, there are all kinds of racial conflicts-between white and black, between Muslims and Jews. Who will be the mediators between these factions? The Unification Church and Reverend Moon. All the hot spots of this troubled world need a mediator. Who has that capacity? The Unification Church and Reverend Moon. Our attitude and way of life is not one of confrontation, but one of unity and harmony.

We are here to harmonize with Buddhism, with Islam and the Jewish religion; we are here to harmonize and unify. Ultimately, we will even digest communism. In order to digest communism, you must be stronger than it is. You are stronger and more determined than the communists; you are trained for that. Is that good or evil? Why is it good? Because you will be capable of inheriting that future culture of God, the culture of unification. Our attitude is that we want to take on the worst problems of the world and digest them.

I am always asking God, “Father, what is your worst headache?” God told me that communism was His worst headache, along with the immorality of youth, also the degradation of world religions, especially Christianity, causes God great pain. I said, “Now that I know what your headaches are, let me take care of them for you.” Therefore, I have led the Victory over Communism movement; I launched the great movement to bring moral rearmament to American youth.

I know that sometimes this constant training is very difficult for you. For example, you are engaged for three years and still your wedding day is uncertain. You are still waiting. You know who your future spouse will be, but you obey and wait for that day of wedding. You have told your parents that you must go your own way because you have the determination to do what you want. But why don’t you leave Reverend Moon and go your own way? You are clever enough to know that once you go away, you would just hit a wall and eventually have to come back and be embarrassed. You are wise.

I am not so dumb, either. If there was some way to escape this path, I would have done so a long time ago; I knew that no matter where I went, I would have to return to this route, so I just wanted to spare myself the embarrassment! I knew that this was the only path to take. In a way, the Unification Church is like holding on to the tail of a tiger; once you grab hold, you can’t release it. But you can never be bored either. If you are true Unification Church members, you cannot be bored by this way of life.

Perhaps in your pragmatic way of thinking, you wonder, “Why do hundreds of us have to go up to Belvedere every Sunday morning? It seems like it would be so much simpler if Reverend Moon, just one person, would come to the( World Mission Center and save everybody else all that troubler But that is exactly what I am aiming at-you must be able to push yourself, discipline yourself to do what you do not want to do, go where you don’t want to go.

You encountered Western teachers in your schooling from elementary school through high school, and on through your Western universities. But now you are under an entirely different kind of teacher Reverend Moon. You tasted a little bit of this teaching and found it sweet; also, it was kind of peculiar-it gave you new energy and power. Those of you sitting in the front row have the choicest seats, so you have to get here earliest of all. Why don’t I dictate who will sit on the front row each week, in advance, to save all the trouble? In order to get the first-class seats you must come first, and maybe you have to come here as early as 2:00 in the morning! That is a precious example of the true value of our way of life. Is it good or bad?

What about you college graduates who go out to do MFT? Is that good or bad? Normally a person wants to climb up; he never wants to learn how to come down. But in the Unification Church you go way down to the bottom and start over again. You are almost like a man who must walk on his hands, it is not easy.

How do you like the taste of kimchee and kochee chan? It makes such a burning sensation in your stomach. So this is the chance to discipline yourself for the time when you might go to the Orient, and then you will not be bothered by the food.

Is this a wonderful place to be, or is it terrible? Can you sit here as men and women of pride? You women don’t live the way normal American women live-you don’t have time to manicure your nails and put on a lot of makeup, but you don’t worry about all that. I am not insensitive to the difficulties, which you are undergoing. The reason I am asking you to Eve such a way of life is that I know where true value lies. Maybe someday I will come to you with gallons of makeup and direct you to paint yourselves all over with it-that would be indemnity, wouldn’t it?

What is our pride, then? We are proud of who we are, of what kind of character we have. That pride transcends the color of our skin. True love doesn’t recognize differences in skin color or races. What is the color of true love? The true love color is the color of harmony-harmony between white, black, and yellow, East, and West. We have come to the conclusion that throughout all of history, the one man who has pioneered to bring a world culture of harmony is Reverend Sun Myung Moon.

People call us Moonies; we didn’t ask for that name but whatever they call us, it doesn’t matter. We are proud of what we are, where we are. Phonetically, the word “Moonie” in Korean means “design of the fabric”; also it has another meaning: “harmonized discussion’ We harmonize, discuss, and we are embroidering a certain pattern of fabric. So it doesn’t bother us to be called Moonies. When people call you a Moonie, tell them the phonetic meanings in Korean; that will be a good way to start a discussion.

Normally, when ministers from established Christian churches meet with us they are virtually trembling and thinking, “Oh, I’m dealing with heretics; maybe I’ll get possessed from being around these people’ Sometimes they become so scared that within one hour, they just run away. That indicates they are defeated; they have no capacity to deal with us. It is this defeatist attitude which they convey from their pulpits when they say, “Don’t even talk with Unification Church members; don’t look at them, even” They are trying to frighten their congregation by telling them Moonies do evil things. They talk about Moonies being clean-cut and leading a pure way of life with no immorality and they almost make it sound evil. Being clean-cut, for them, becomes a sin simply because Moonies are that way. What kind of rationale is that?

We are Moonies and we are proud of it! We are the people who can digest the cultures of the world. Wherever we go, we will not be defeated by the culture; we will not fight with it but digest it. Even if we go to undeveloped Africa, it doesn’t matter; we will harmonize with the people and elevate their way of life. That does not make you smallminded and cowardly; rather, you are dramatic people of righteousness.

I can deal with all levels of culture, even the most intellectual. I can give a sermon that will enlighten the most knowledgeable people. Professors come to hear me; I don’t go to them, but they seek me out. Those who came to the first Science Conference ten years ago were very boastful saying, “We are the top-level scientists in the world” After ten years, those same scientists came to the Chairman’s address, listening like little children. In the last Science Conference over 1,000 people adopted a resolution supporting my peace formula. Ten years ago, that would have been impossible. Who digested whom? Did Reverend Moon digest the scientists, or did they digest Reverend Moon?

Some of the top-notch U.S. theologians have joined New Era. They came to East Garden and listened to Reverend Moon, and they ate up every word I said. They wanted to know what I had to say about many things. Amazingly, the average person on the street is opposed to me because of the media and because they don’t know any better, but those world intellectuals and scholars are coming to support and appreciate me. Average Christian laymen oppose me because they simply don’t know, but those who really know about religion, the highest theologians, come to listen to me. Who is the winner? Reverend Moon or the world?

The battle has been fought; judgment has been made. The umpire has declared the winner. Some think they can still stop Reverend Moon, but it is impossible.

Another amazing thing is that many colleges and theological seminaries are now taking up Reverend Moon’s philosophy as part of their curriculum. Dr. Rubenstein, an eminent scholar from the State University of Florida and a foremost theologian, recently confessed that after he met Reverend Moon, he began to understand the Orient and conceded that he needed guidance from the Eastern world. To him, an entire new world has opened up.

By knowing Reverend Moon, scholars come to know not only the Eastern sector of the world, but also another sector of the universe-spirit world. Dr. Rubenstein had actually become an atheist after studying the Bible and trying to understand all its theories. He had come to the conclusion that there is no God-until he met me, and then he came back to God.

You see these things happening and you feel that you have the best teacher. Once you digest my teachings, your accomplishments are incredible. But the problem is that often you don’t digest what you have been taught. Another problem is that you don’t realize who you are and where you are. You begin to suffer from spiritual diarrhea because you cannot digest what I am teaching. What is the best medicine? Endure it, suffer through it, and the diarrhea will go away. Sometimes you feel sorry for yourself: “I’m suffering too much, working so hard every day. Reverend Moon doesn’t seem to have any compassion for me; even Dr. Durst doesn’t show me any compassion! Oh, I must go away!” But the best medicine for such a disease is not to pet or coddle it, but to kick it out.

Perhaps some of you came here this morning to hear comforting words from me: “Father, I’m weak and suffering; can you have compassion on me?” But the best medicine is for me to be strong with you-then your diarrhea will stop right away! You’ve got to win by your own effort or else you will always be dependent on others; God won’t be able to trust you.

God told me His three headaches and I told Him that I would take care of them, so how could I expect an easy way out? But I determined that I would continue until I completed my mission-without stopping or even hesitating no matter how many people fall away. I don’t need weak, cowardly people to help me; I need strong champions who will strive to live their whole lives according to the Principle. Do you want to be a champion or a coward? If you want to become a champion and a strong soldier, you’ve got to be trained, without exception.

You must be determined to go over hardship many times worse than what you are doing now; if so, you will never be deterred or weakened. You can know that you will overcome and be victorious. That is the kind of person each of you must become.

I came back to face this court battle. Most people, even the U.S. government authorities, expected that I would not come back but would just skip the trial. Even though I am not an American citizen, the American court is judging me. I am not going to shrink from this battle or this responsibility; no matter what, nobody can stop me.

The Moonies’ pride is both your pride and my pride. It is our pride. Suppose there are storm warnings and everyone is tying up their boats; but Reverend Moon is calling, “Let’s go out to the ocean!” I know that during bad weather the enemy is likely to strike; I will never let God down, particularly in bad weather or difficult situations. That is a dramatic, not a foolish way of life. By living this way, we can stop the corruption of the nation and the world. History is made under those circumstances, not under commonplace, ordinary ways of living. New cultures and leaps and bounds of civilization always come through difficult situations and such opportunities.

When people ask, “Are you a Moonie?” do you respond with pride or humiliation? You say you are proud, but why have you sometimes tried to hide the fact that you were a member of the Unification Church? Why can’t you proudly declare that you are a member, a follower of Reverend Sun Myung Moon? A couple of days ago, I went to New York City. The streets were filled with crowds of people, thousands of them. I knew I could stop those crowds by saying to them, “I have an important message I am a Moonie; listen to my words!” If I could disguise myself with a wig and a mask, I would go out and do it.

Why are your mouths so silent? Why don’t you go out and tell the world, declare to the world our message? Do you have the guts to be a Moonie? You say “yes” here at Belvedere; perhaps you have said a thousand yeses, but how many of those have been fulfilled? Are you fulfilling those yeses? There are all kinds of levels of fulfilling, so which level are you on? The intense or mediocre level? You may think you are being intense, but from God’s eyes, you look like a mediocre movement. From my eyes, too, you are mediocre.

Christmas is coming and everybody is shopping and celebrating. You wish you could celebrate, too. But what kind of celebration can God have? What is the meaning of Christmas when the nation is crumbling, churches are becoming corrupted and millions of young people are dying from drugs and evil behavior? Christmas is about salvation, and we are the ones who can truly celebrate Christmas by stopping the people, telling them the way they can begin to prosper and live a true life.

Which way would make us proud? Stopping work for Christmas and taking a couple of weeks’ vacation? Or is it the time to intensify our efforts and reverse the decline of the nation? Which way of life would you like?

I visited West Germany for four months, during which time I stayed in a very small room. A good number of people were away on vacation for the summer. I went around to many factories in Germany, morning to night, sometimes going from 2:00 in the morning to 2:00 the next morning.

Which way is your pride taking it easy and going on vacation, or intensifying your efforts to work even harder? I feel that no matter how difficult it may be, I will consummate my mission. Once I do, I may ask God for a vacation, but until then nothing can slow me down. Would you like to adopt my way of life?

Christmas should be a time of greater dedication for you and greater inspiration. Double victory can be won. Everybody else wants to stop working and take it easy, but we work double time and we will have a double victory. You say you want that double victory, but the fulfillment will not be easy. Do you still want to go that way? Your “Yes” answer is our pride.

During this Christmas season, we want to demonstrate what Moonies are. We are going to celebrate Christmas by marching forward to the ultimate victory. Think of yourselves as soldiers and flagbearers, marching toward the unified culture. Shall we do it?

## THE CENTER AND MY POSITION

By Fami1yfed June 20, 2018 June 20, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1981

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### December 6,1981
Belvedere
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

#### Copyright © 1981 by Holy Spirit Association for the Unification of World Christianity

What is the center of one’s self? Someone might say, “My eye is my center.” Someone like a carpenter, who is very active and uses his hands a lot, might say, “My hands are the center.” Someone who is more intellectual might say, “My brain is the center.” Different people would have a different interpretation of their center.

However, Unification Church members understand that we have a dual existence. We have a physical body as well as a spiritual body so there are two persons within one. Are they doing parallel things in harmony, or do they contradict each other? For some people, the physical body is their center and it is constantly pulling the spiritual body. In other cases, a person’s physical body is guided more by his spiritual body. However, usually there is not complete harmony between the two parts of a person, so there is a contradiction.

When do these two persons within you become one? There must be some center which the physical body and the spiritual body agree on, something which both desire. Should this center be higher or lower than the individual? It should be a higher goal, a higher center. What is that higher center? That is the question.

What is the most important thing for man? Yes, it is love. And what else? Of the three: love, life, and the ideal, which is closest to you? Love and the ideal are complementary or reciprocal. However, life is the starting point. As far as you are concerned, is life itself closest to your heart? Where does life come from? The origin of life is the love of the parents. Your life sprang out of your parents’ love. Just as parental love brought you into the world, you are following the same pattern. Your parents came together and created life. You too, when you are united in love, will bring a new life into being.

Our direction is universal: woman is going after man and man is going after woman. Why? The goal of life is to fulfill love. Each person is a participant in the love of the parents. Do you understand? Your existence is proof that you participated in the love of your parents. In this fashion, we not only give birth to descendants, but we climb higher and higher to the level of grandparent and great-grandparent.

Behind you is the historical love of your ancestors-your parents, grandparents, great-great-grandparents. You hold the string of the entire ancestral love. What number are you in that history? You do not know exactly where you fit in.

Ultimately, we can draw the conclusion that each person is the extension of the love of God. When you pull on the rope of history, you find that God’s love is at the end. Each person living today is an extension of the love of God. When you say “I,” contained within that “I” is your father, your mother, and God. We are made in the image of God through love. Each of us is a being who resembles his father and mother and God through love.

Therefore, when you say “I,” you are not speaking of a singular being. Let’s say you paid back all the debts you have incurred with your father, your mother, and God. What remains? Is there some portion of which you can say, “This is really mine. I have paid all my debts”? Can you say, “I don’t care. I am totally independent”? Today American young people are living with great pride in themselves, proclaiming, “I am a free individual!”

When ones say, “Myself,” or “Me,” it represents all. “Myself’ is a round, global entity, a microcosm of all of existence. Would you like to imagine yourself as a square little piece of ground? Or would you like to be round and have depth and width? Would you like to be a “myself” that is totally unrelated to others, singular and alone, or would you like to be the center and representative of the whole?

Using the body as an example, your eye can’t say, “I am number one.” Can the hand say, “I don’t need anything else. I am an independent existence”? What is number one in oneself? You can say, “I am number one,” when you truly have both your spiritual and physical body united and centered. That is the unification of oneself. all the senses united in one common purpose.

What would your five senses be most sensitive toward? Yes, the five senses are most sensitive toward and interested in love. Why? It is because your whole being was created by love. That is your history. Each person participated in that creation. Not only were you born in love, you also grew up in parental love.

When you talk about a stepfather or stepmother, it is an entirely different thing. Even if you say, “My stepfather is the President of the United States,” does that have the same meaning as if it were your father? A stepfather or stepmother is not the same. Why is that? It is because your origins are not the same. There is a foreign element, so there is no true oneness of heart. Your destiny is different. How about you American boys and girls? Do you like stepfathers and stepmothers? Unfortunately, many American youth grow up under a stepfather or stepmother.

The physical body has five senses and so does the spirit body. At what point do all ten senses come together in unity? It is at the point of true and perfected love. Why do we put the adjectives “perfected” or “true” before the word “love”? The word “true” has great significance. Something true is unchanging. Something true is based on one center, period. There are never two centers. It is a vertical center.

What is the ideal center, which everything in the universe is trying to achieve? Yes, it is God’s love. Does God’s love have a central direction and purpose, or is it random and whimsical, moving all over the place in whatever way it wants? What do you think? God’s love has a definite direction, and is headed toward a definite purpose. Is the direction of God’s love upward toward a higher goal or downward? What do you think? How does the love of God move? God’s love is not for Himself.

Love is always reciprocal and complementary, taking place through give and take. When we talk about love, we imagine a circuit, a channel of give and take. God must have an object in order to have a two-way or give and take relationship, so God is in the position of a subject looking for an object.

Who could be entitled to become the object of God? Only human beings. What kind of characteristic or quality should a person possess in order to become the object of God? The quality would be sensitivity to love or the ability to be awakened and activated by love.

The eyes want to see love. The nose wants to smell love. The ears want to hear love. The mouth wants to taste love. When we say that the fives senses exist to recognize and enjoy love, is that correct or not? Many of you have drooping eyes right now and you seem ready to fall asleep, but suppose that love hit your eyes all of a sudden. Then they would become like sparkling stars! Even if you sewed your mouth shut, as soon as love hit it, your lips would be unzipped and would begin to move. Love activates 100 percent of the potential of everything.

When love hits a man, his five senses respond differently yet harmoniously toward that love. It’s almost like a symphony. Would it be better than a symphony? Let’s say you have a choice. You could go to hear a symphony orchestra or a love orchestra. Which would you choose? No matter what you’re like, you have one thing in common with everyone else. Everybody wants to hear the love symphony, the orchestra of love.

If your body reacts to love in that fashion, what about your internal self, your spiritual body? Would it be more sensitive or less sensitive?

The fives senses of the body have a certain common goal and purpose. Do you think they have a way of detecting that common goal? What if the five senses all acted independently and separately? Suppose your sense of hearing said, “No, I want to go this direction.” Then your sense of sight said, “No, I want to go this direction.” Your sense of touch said, “No, I don’t agree. I’ll go this direction.” What do you think would happen? That would mean that the love direction would be going toward all different goals-up and down, left and right. There must be a central directional sense. All senses move harmoniously toward one direction, one goal-the true love goal. All the senses come together at that central line.

The important thing is that all five senses have to find and follow the absolute vertical line. In order to come to that vertical line, you have to find the center. First, you have to move horizontally and come to the center; then go up along the vertical line. You have to go through every level of experience. Why is that? When you come to the center, you will be able to relate in all directions freely.

You can’t say, “I want to take a shortcut.” A shortcut may sound wise and look like an energy-saving method, but actually it’s not because in a shortcut there is no flexibility. You have no way to move in all the other directions.

What is the direction and goal of the love of God? The goal of the love of God is the central position. Where can we find such a universal center? God has a certain blueprint, a certain way of achieving that center.

First of all, there was Adam and Eve. Adam and Eve were supposed to come together at the true center and become a couple, a husband and wife. When you have a perfect horizontal line, not wavering in any way, then the vertical line will meet it squarely at 90 degrees. Wherever there is a perfected minus, a perfected plus automatically appears. Isn’t that so? A perfected plus will always invite a perfected minus, or even create a perfected minus.

Everyone has the natural inclination to search for a perfected minus or plus. If you are a plus, then you are looking for a perfected minus. If you are a minus, then you are looking for a perfected plus. It’s a natural tendency for men and women to go after each other. Even if I shouted out, “You women, don’t even look at men!” you would look at the men more! If I said, “Men, don’t look at women! They are weird creatures and they are not worth looking at,” it would never work. It’s your nature. Even if your will says, “All right, I won’t look at them,” the power of nature would pull you.

It is natural law that men and women should meet on the horizontal line. The problem is that now men and women always meet at a different angle. There are all kinds of unhealthy situations. They meet at one degree, or 50 degrees or 30 degrees and so forth. When you meet as man and woman on a horizontal line in the center, then you automatically invite the vertical line of 90 degrees. Do you follow?

After you were engaged, my instruction was, “Don’t talk to your fiancé too much. Don’t call or even write each other too frequently.” You feel so anguished. “Why can’t I chase after her every night?” Many people think, “Oh, that is Father’s way, the Oriental way.” But what am I trying to achieve here? What is my goal in giving these instructions? I only have one reason: I would like you men and women, future husbands and wives, to meet on the perfect horizontal line.

At this time, three elements are approaching the center – the husband, the wife, and God. All three parts are moving. It’s not only you who are moving but also God, who is coming down in a vertical movement. As you step closer and closer to the center horizontally, God comes down closer and closer. At the moment when man and woman finally meet, it’s like a lightning flash.

When two electric circuits are shorted, what do you see? A spark. When a short occurs, something exciting happens. It either blows up or winds around or cuts off. Would you like to see it blow up or circle around with sparks flying, making a sparkling, flashing circle? At that particular point universal love also hits, making an even greater spark.

The love of man and woman is like one body, covering up the love of God. If the man happens to be in the lower position and the woman happens to be in the upper position, it doesn’t make any difference. God will adjust His position to you. God will make sure that you are always meeting on the horizontal line and the 90 degree vertical line with Him, no matter what. In this central position, the two contrasting forces-the pulling power and the pushing power-are harmonized. The center is absolutely necessary in this universe. You have to have it. Otherwise, you have nothing.

Teenagers typically harbor incredible dreams and fantasies. They live in a world of imagination. Why is the teenager’s mind like this and eager to reach out to the entire world? It is because that is the age when each person needs to find his own position. He’s searching after his stable position in the universe, trying to find his settlement.

The universe has two layers, the physical and the spiritual. Man also has a dual existence. Between the spiritual and physical we also have to create a horizontal line. The unity of the spiritual and physical persons can only take place through love, centering on God. Are your mind and body united upon the love of God? Yes or no? All men are destined to walk that path. You are going after unity between mind and body, or spirit and body, and you walk toward the horizontal line. The important question is, are you moving on the horizontal line, centering upon true love?

Before you men worry about women, you have to worry about your own perfection. This perfection must be achieved by you. Where are you? Each person should evaluate where he is now.

Once you know this Principle, the center is established. Everything is okay as long as you move on a horizontal basis toward the love of God. Your mind keeps reaching out-and that mind is saying that you shouldn’t let go of the love of God. But then, sometimes your physical body says, “I don’t care about that love.” The body sometimes becomes rebellious. When total unity is created between man’s body and mind, centered upon the true love of God, he is an ideal man. What about women? Women are under the same Principle, working to become ideal women.

Those who are ideal men, raise your hands. There’s not even one? Come on! What’s happening? You say you are in training? How long does that training last? The important thing is that you know the truth. You know where you can get your diploma. When do you get the diploma for being an ideal man or woman? If you take an exam and fail it, is that the end of it? No. You have to go again, two, three, even a hundred times. You have to persevere until you pass it. Even if you went to the exam hall thousands of times and failed every time, will the administrators say, “Well, you poor guy. Come here and I’ll give you points out of sympathy”? If anybody tries to have mercy upon you in such a way, then Satan is right there, saying, “No, no, even after a thousand times, failure is failure. No pass!”

We come to the conclusion that we have to move toward perfection, becoming ideal men or women along the horizontal line, with the love of God as the center. Your mind knows. Your mind is reaching out and it detects true love. Certain things are very torturous to your body, but your mind says, “Go fundraising. Go witnessing. Do hard work. Go to Home Church.” Your mind keeps issuing directives all the time. What does your body say? Are you so disciplined that when your mind issues an order, your eyes and all five senses move in that direction without any deviation?

How long have you been in the Unification Church? Many people are very proud, saying, “Well, I’ve been a member for 10 years.” The important thing is whether you passed the exam or not. The time is not important. If you’ve been in the Unification Church for 10 years but flunked the course every time-a thousand times-is your 10-year history a matter of pride or shame? Can you say, “Oh, I’m proud of 10 years of failure in the Unification Church.”

Are you truly ready to accept the necessary education or training to become an ideal person? Who is Reverend Moon and what is he doing? What is the Unification Church all about? Some people say, “Reverend Moon is a slave driver, sending people to MFT. He is always pushing people out to witness.” The problem is that they do not discuss the inner content of things but only appearances. Why has fundraising come about? Why do we need it? For what purpose are you paying indemnity? You have to have a goal and a purpose. The proper horizontal level is very difficult to maintain. You want to deviate, thinking, “Oh, I want to go downward today. I want to have an easier time.”

Why am I always pushing you toward that very difficult horizontal line? Why do I say that you must move on the horizontal line? Day and night, I am pushing you toward the horizontal line. Why don’t I say sometimes, “You’ve been going along the horizontal line for a long time, so now you can go up 45 degrees for a change, or down to 30 degrees.” Some people complain and say, “Father, I’ve been obeying you for 10 years. For a change, can’t you go my way for at least one day?” Do you think I should agree to that?

We’re talking about love. We want to restore love. We want to achieve and fulfill love. You have to win the victorious base first, establish the foundation. For example, you have to achieve love through gaining victory over money. You are also putting love above the foundation of knowledge. Love must come above the aspiration for power. That is the Principle. Do you agree to that?

Suppose that if you followed the requirements of making money, you would have love. What about finding love in a money bag? What about love contained within knowledge-knowledge being all-powerful? Do you like that? What about power, honor and prestige? Is it the most valuable thing to be able to say, “I’m the President of the United States”?

Don’t you want to put love above all these things? Yes, true love is above, that’s true! I am saying that love is supreme. Love must be made pure. Therefore, it stands above money, above secular power, above secular knowledge.

In the Unification Church, if you really try to achieve that pure, supreme love, you will be called upon to make sacrifices. One person may sacrifice his education, another person his glorious career. One person sacrifices a creative, professional way of life to go the route of fundraising and witnessing. Some people say, “Well, I just cannot accept that. There must be a compromise somehow.”

What about you state leaders? Do you say, “I’ve had this responsibility for so many years, now I want to go back to school.” Maybe some Korean fiancée comes and says, “My husband is not very well-educated. I want to be proud of him, so I want him to get more schooling.” Then she whispers in his ear, “Stop your mission for a little while and go back to school.” I call them “Korean foxes”! I tell you, using such “Machiavellian” methods, as you call them, will never bring about lasting results. Our church would never have been able to lay its foundation upon such thinking.

Even if the man says to his fiancée, “Don’t you think I need a little more education? I want to go to school,” she should pull on him. “What are you talking about? Go out for MFT. Go out for witnessing. Do what Father says. That’s the best.”

Do you want to have perfectly horizontal love, 15 degree-slanted or 30 degree-slanted love? You are clever enough to know the answer, but you do not really want to do it. Do you not only know the answer but want to live up to it? Yes or no?

In a way, I appear to be a very cruel man. I am always thinking, “How can I make them work harder?” Looking at it on the surface, people wonder, “How can Reverend Moon be so cruel? Why doesn’t he give us a break?” Let me ask you a question: do you want the horizontal line to be endless and continue all the way for eternity? Or would you like it to be just one hour in length? Why isn’t a one-hour horizontal line good enough? The shorter the horizontal line, the smaller the love and joy it contains. If the container is so small, how much love and joy can you put into it?

However, if your horizontal line lasts for eternity and is endless, then your joy and love become endless. Which one do you want? You know the answer. Would you try to do it within one generation, or two or three generations? God always operates on an eternal basis. If you want to achieve this eternal base in 7 years, that would be perfectly okay.

What do you feel when you see your fiancé? You feel good, don’t you? You feel fond of him or her. The important thing is this: every time you look at your future spouse, you have to consider, “I must be united in mind and body centered upon true love.” Are you meeting your fiancé from that position? Your mind and body are not on a perfect horizontal line. If there’s a degree slanted either way, then the horizontal line and the 90 degree vertical line are in different directions.

Suppose that your fiancé is in one place, but you are imagining him to be someplace else. Then you say, “Please come over here. This is where I want to meet you.” Should your fiancé move down there? If he or she doesn’t come, then what happens?

When your mind and body are not on a true horizontal line but on a slanted line, can the vertical line be at 90 degrees? No, it cannot. If the mind and body turn in a sort of circle, it cannot be a perfect circle. It would be oval. When an oval shape is turning inside of you, it creates excessive friction and pain. But when you are perfectly circular, no matter how fast you may turn, you don’t even feel that you are turning. It’s so quiet, so perfect. Perfect love wants to dwell within that perfect circle. Through that perfect turning, you can love your fiancé. That’s the righteous way.

How about you? When your mind and body are not united on the horizontal line, you must be ashamed. If your mind and body are not ready, you cannot call your fiancé. You don’t have much to say. You should not even write in that case. With that kind of hand can you try to touch the sacred body of your fiancé? You are not worthy. With that kind of mouth can you kiss your future husband or wife? You are not worthy of it.

This is a serious matter. Within you, you must have a perfect horizontal and perfect vertical line. Your object also has a mind and body, perfectly vertical and perfectly horizontal. When these perfect two have give and take, a perfect circle will be created. A perfect circle has a perfect center, an axis, which will stay in this family for eternity because God dwells within that center.

This true center can be expanded into the nation and it will become the national center. Expanded into the world, it becomes the worldwide center. The center cannot be moved. There are different levels, but the center remains the same. The national center or the worldwide center is the same. The universal or cosmic center are all in dual layers-spiritual and physical-yet it is the same unchanging center.

From the central point, the distance to anywhere in the circle would be the same. It is always cut into perfect halves. As long as your cutting line goes through the center, the direction doesn’t make any difference. You can always cut the circle into two perfect parts, perfect halves. However, when the center is in the wrong place and you try to cut that circle into two parts, there is no way to have perfect halves. If the axis is in the wrong place, when it moves, it just deviates more and more.

Do you want love, which is perpetual and eternal, or would you like to have random love with movement, which is undependable? What kind of love would you like? If you want it to be eternal, you have to base it on the eternal center. Then you can start eternal movement. Why do we have to achieve 90 degrees? Conjugal love has to be on the perfectly horizontal line, where the love of God is perfectly vertical. When the vertical love of God meets the horizontal conjugal love, it always meets at 90 degrees.

If you follow the original line of the love of your ancestors all the way from God down to you, should it be a vertical line or a slanted line? It should be a vertical line, which goes down to the axis. Would the center be two or one? That center is an absolute center, which cannot be moved either way.

Today’s topic is, “The Center and My Position.” Do you say, “I don’t need the center. I reject it”? All right then, think about what your life should be based on. You may try to create some handy way of life but no one would buy it. It’s so cheap, even the dime store wouldn’t buy it. God and the spirit world certainly would never buy it. Ideal men and women would never buy it. Maybe a beggar would not buy it but just grab it. Do you want to become trash like that?

As long as your center is correct, the horizontal and the vertical lines are correct, so even if your external shape is ugly or odd, that’s okay. Why is that okay? It is because you can alter it; you can smooth it out, shine it up. Then there will be a great many buyers. You’ll be in big demand.

What kind of material or “merchandise” are you? Are you cheap or expensive? What price tag are you wearing? “Every Sunday morning-what torture! Reverend Moon asks me to come to Belvedere, not at 8 o’clock but at 5 o’clock!” Are you here with a spirit burning with the zeal of great hope and greater anticipation? Or are you feeling dull, spiritless, like a bump on a log, staying here only out of duty?

Think about it. Where are your mind and body? You should have burning zeal, saying, “I want to come to Belvedere. I want to sit on the floor and listen, not just on Sunday but every day. Even ten years is okay. I will do it.” That is what we call burning zeal. Do you have that? Think about it. If you searched through the libraries of all the great universities, you wouldn’t find any greater truth than what you have found here. Amazingly enough, what I am teaching at this humble Belvedere is the only true solution available in the universe. It’s almost mind-boggling. Don’t you have that confidence?

As long as you are a link along this vertical chain, you will never really die because you’re a part of history. When history moves, you’ll live on. You’ll never be separate from history. Today, at this moment, you’re sitting in Belvedere. The next moment you may be going into Harlem. It doesn’t make any difference. Wherever you go, you are always with the vertical line. No one can expel you from the realm of God’s love. No power under the sun can kick you out of this boundary. On the contrary, the universe embraces and protects such a person and won’t allow any harm to come to him.

When you come to the total realization of this truth, that is the moment your resurrection occurs. Universal love begins. In that respect, you are the flag-bearer of the love of God. That is true pride, true greatness.

Think, “No matter what the world says, I don’t care. The entire spirit world respects and admires me and is supporting me. The ideal of love is blossoming.” In that position, you get attention from the spirit world, from all the saints in history and from the entire angelic world. The attention of God is also directed towards you.

From this sermon, you have realized that our Divine Principle teaching of the heavenly four positions is the eternal truth. This is based on the centrality of love. That’s the position where you would like to be born, where you would like to grow up and live for all eternity. That is the heavenly four positions.

If you are trying to live eternally based on anything other than this, would that be a good life? For example, would you like to live for eternity with just a big bag of money? How about knowledge? You think you know a great deal, but when you come before God, would He say, “My dear Ph.D. ‘ I bow down to your knowledge”? If you went to the throne of God and said, “I was the President of the United States. You should bow down to me,” would God honor such secular power? No, of course not.

I do not deny the need for money, knowledge, and power in this world, but most important is the central supreme need of love. When the world is centered upon the supreme love of God, all power becomes God’s power, all money becomes God’s money, and all knowledge becomes God’s knowledge. We utilize them for the productivity of God’s world.

Today’s topic is “The Center and My Position.” Where is your position? Where would you like to be? Imagine that you are a very small particle of the universe, so small you can hardly be seen. You are becoming a cell of love. You may be very small, but with the horizontal and vertical love, your life will go on for eternity. You will go on seeing, hearing, and touching. That is the ideal way of life. As long as you have the true center, it does not matter if you are big or small. Size alone does not change value or truthfulness.

No one with an individualistic outlook on life can be perfected. We definitely proclaim the value of freedom but that freedom must be based on the true love of God. True love exists in four directions of relationship. In this respect, do you need your parents? Why? That is a relationship, which is required by true love. Your parents are your origin. How can you deny your origins? They are your roots and you are their branches. For many Americans, once you are eighteen, you are grown up, independent, and you no longer need or care much about your parents. Is that the right way of life?

Would you like a life of “fun,” taking your own pleasure-one lover today, another tomorrow, another the next day? Why not? Why should you keep the 90 degrees between the vertical and horizontal levels? What would be wrong with 15 degrees, 30 degrees, 45 degrees? That is the concept of free sex. People may say they are having lots of fun, but they do not know love. There is no way they can really understand the love we are talking about, the true love of God. They only know animalistic, instinctual love which has no history, no universal concept or ideal. From the eternal point of view, those people are full of all kinds of smells, and the stains of dishonesty, immorality, and illicit love are upon them. Purity has no part of that way of life.

What about you? Do you exhibit purity and genuineness? The Unification Church is a truly wonderful way of life. When you really know the truth, this is the only way for you to go for all eternity. Here we have people of all five colors of skin mingling together as one family of man, happy to marry each other. By asking me to match you, are you constructing the base of your life in a temporal way or for eternity? Why are you going after eternal life? When you have gained eternal life, everything that is eternal will come to you and stick to you as if you were a magnet.

You may say, “When everything comes and sticks to me, that will be very awkward. What shall I do with myself?” Don’t worry. Eternal things are all godly, so when eternal things come to you, the power and the love of God will also come to you. You will not be encumbered. The more things come and stick to you, the more grateful you will feel; the more joyful, exhilarated, and ecstatic you will feel-infinitely.

Think about the problems of the spirit world. Do they have economic problems? Are they worried about the nuclear bomb? Do they need a national security advisor? Do they seek knowledge, power, or money in the spirit world? If you could bring a dollar bill to the spirit world, no store would accept it. Distance is no problem there. If you want to go anywhere within the entire universe you can do so at the speed of thought. Do you think the speed of thought is faster or slower than the speed of light? God is thought and mind, so God is way ahead of light.

God travels instantly and He travels ahead of our minds also. Universal movement, however, is not straight but circular. Internal movement, in particular, is always circular. A circle always needs an axis. There must be an axis for the universe and God Himself must have a center. Nothing else but true love can be that center. If there were no true love, God would not even want to move. He would just sit in a rocking chair and rock. Why should He work to make a circle? No matter what other motivation is available, without true love, nothing will move. God moves as soon as He is ignited by true love.

Why do we need to unite our mind and body? Because by doing so, we can activate God and His love. Why do you have to have true love, a true and pure relationship with your future spouse? Because by doing so, you can activate God and His love. Why do you, as heavenly husbands and wives, act as patriots, serving the nation? Because that too will activate the love of God. Why do we eagerly serve mankind and the world, trying to follow the tradition of the saints? Because that will activate the love of God. All action, that of families, societies, and the world should be based upon one axis, one center.

In this respect, you come to realize what a great person you are, what a great position you are in. When you make a move, God moves. What a great feeling! Instead of God moving you, you can take the initiative. Activate the love of God and then God will move. How wonderful!

If you are going to Africa, riding in an airplane and looking down at the African continent with a burning zeal to love the people, then God will be moving along with you. God will parallel all your actions. When you move this way or that, God will instantly move with you.

Picture yourself holding a long pole on which the flag of love is flying. You are the flagbearer. When we Unification Church members live the Principle, are we big or small people? Even small Japanese members become big people, isn’t that right? You may be physically small, but centering upon true love, you can be a giant in the universe. I am picturing a small Japanese member trying to hold up the huge flag of love. You need strength to hold this giant flag, but it’s no problem: true love will give you that strength.

Do you want to be just loosely together with your beloved, or do you want to be tightly united? Do you want to have a loose oneness or a very tight oneness? Love wants to be very tight. Love is intense. Size does not matter because of the impact and intensity of true love. If a Japanese man is truly burning with zeal to become the flagbearer, and he is loving the world as God loves it, he will become a giant. In that case, the flag of love would become small and the Japanese member would become big. You can become great from the smallest position. From the greatest position, you can become small. That is the power of love.

When you have this love, there is no place you cannot go, nothing you cannot do. That is the ideal. Let us imagine God hiding in a small, secret place, like a broom closet, trying to be undetected. But when you have a true love key, you can open any door and find God. Let’s say that God is hiding in a big safe with a million-digit combination. With a true love key, it will open easily.

When you open the door, God may be sleeping, even snoring. To wake Him up, you might try kicking Him. Still sleeping, God may reach out to hold you because, waking or sleeping, God can detect true love. That is your position. How wonderful you are!

In our way of life, we are going out every day, not tired, not bored, not apathetic, but with ecstatic joy. Do you feel that the Unification Church way of life is precious or are you doing it out of duty, just barely making it? Are you a fireball? From today on, will you be different? Will you go out knowing that you are precious, that you are a giant?

We realize that there is a universal center, but the center is really influenced by us. Furthermore, the center exists for us. You may think that you are only working for someone else, but in reality when you serve others, you are truly working for your own benefit. That is why we shall march on in this wonderful way of life. Amen.

## NOBLE DREAM

By Fami1yfed June 20, 2018 June 20, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1981

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### December 1, 1981
Belvedere
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

People are always contemplating doing something and are always seeking after something. The important thing is what they are looking for, what kind of dream they hope to fulfill. Men and women have dreams, as does a family, nation and even the whole world. On a wider level, the invisible world of spirit is also pursuing a dream. There is some entity which created all the universe and that entity must have had a dream or a reason for creating everything.

If you are living in the midst of a family and society that have a chaotic or confused situation, you feel dizzy, as though you were twisting back and forth, first one direction then another, without control. You want to be turning steadily in one direction, with order and joy. When you relate to some object for a certain purpose then automatically you have a common center between you. The actions of winding and unwinding both have a relationship to the axis. If you are turning first one way and then another, but you are accomplishing something by doing so, then you feel good. Even your eyes want to have a purpose for looking out, not just stare aimlessly or move independently of each other. When a person’s two eyes are looking steadily at something, you know he has a purpose in mind.

People often think dreams are phantom things without order or direction, but that is not the kind of dream we are seeking. Our dream has direction, purpose and discipline. It is a high, noble dream. Suppose there was such a thing as a company that manufactured and sold dreams. What would be the highest-quality, most expensive dream? Maybe women would consider the dream of beauty to be the highest quality; the dream would include beautiful clothes and a beautiful face. A man might have the dream of being a broad-shouldered athlete. A woman may have great beauty but if there is no purpose to her beauty, does it have meaning? Would anyone like to be a beautiful doll that stayed all day long in a glass box? No one could tolerate it. Real beauty is not just external appearance, like a doll’s, but requires active motion toward a goal, with a purpose.

Do women want to be beautiful in order to impress other women or to relate with other beautiful women? Why does a person have beauty as her dream? Beauty is not an end in itself. but a means to greater fulfillment. The goal of beauty is love. A beautiful woman is searching for a man who will love her. Beauty finds its consummation at the terminal of love.

Men want to be masculine and well-respected, but for what purpose? Suppose you wanted to become the strongest man in the world and you worked out every morning with weights. Once you became the champion, would that be the end? If a man won many boxing matches and finally became the world champion boxer, receiving cheers and a standing ovation from the crowd, how would he feel if some big, tall man came out and presented him with a bouquet of flowers to honor him? Wouldn’t he prefer instead to see a beautiful woman stepping forward to present him with the bouquet? You men, tell me, would he prefer getting an enormous bouquet with thousands of flowers from a big, burly man, or would he like a smaller bouquet given to him by a nice lady?

Beauty searches for its complement to find harmony. A man searches for a beautiful, feminine woman and a woman searches for a masculine man. When you see a strong man and a lovely woman together, you feel it is a beautiful sight because they complement each other.

I have observed the faces of American women, with their deep-set eyes and distinct features and I always notice that they have high, sharp noses. I have imagined how it would look to replace those noses with flatter Oriental noses, but decided that it would be totally unbecoming. On the other hand, a sharp, high nose would look out of place with the broad features of an Oriental face. The interesting thing is that though an Oriental nose is flat, it is well-secured! There is harmony among those facial features.

Why is the Mona Lisa so famous? When a happy person looks at that portrait, he feels happier. When a sad person looks at the Mona Lisa, however, he feels more melancholy. That painting reflects all different feelings, so all kinds of people can feel rapport with it.

Harmony is the central theme of the world God created. What would be the highest dream, then? It must be a dream of ideal harmony. You have to ask yourself whether your dream is to bring the entire world into harmony with you, or whether it is to make yourself harmonious with the rest of the world. Women might want to be beautiful so that the entire world will shine because of them. If you smile, then. you should not smile for yourself but for the benefit of all. All your deeds. whether listening, talking, looking, or thinking should not be for yourself; you should do them to harmonize with others. You are a part of the whole. enhancing the value of all. You should become a living Mona Lisa who can have rapport and harmony with the rest of the world.

All men have a dream directed toward such a woman. However. if a man just wants to possess her beauty for himself. the woman will push him out. [if she has an unselfish purpose but the man is thinking selfishly. they cannot harmonize. The man’s motivation would be destructive for all. so it would be a righteous deed for her to kick him out.

Men must live in accordance with the same principle. Men have a large, masculine spirit in order to serve others. When a man and a woman can be pulled together, both living in harmony for the sake of others, then the entire universe will be influenced by them. Their center is a noble dream of love. That is the epitome of beauty, which other men and women would look at with admiration and longing. Heaven and earth would respond in the same way.

How would God respond? Would He shout, “You make me nervous when you behave that way! Be selfish and live for yourselves!”? No, God is attracted by the beauty of harmony. If we can grab that nucleus of the universal principle, then the entire universe is pulled by us through that principle. The focal point of the universe is harmonizing, noble love. When you move with such a heart, the whole universe is turned by you and you feel joy. When you are moving in love for eternity, you will never get bored, even if you repeat the same actions over and over.

In love you find eternal give and take. Where is that action of give and take begun and consummated? It can only center upon harmonizing, noble love. Let’s assume there is a God. He could not find any better formula than this; so this must be His blueprint for the world. Why are parents the center of a family? Not because they are the oldest, but because they are the center of love. More than brothers and sisters or relatives, the father and mother are symbols of harmonizing love in a home.

That is how the national sovereign should be, as well; ideally, he should be the harmonizing center of love for the nation. Is the American President in that position? Far from it. Presidents have always sought to gain power, rather than give love. Democracy is based upon competition and the central theme is winning over someone else. An ideal society cannot be created in such circumstances. This is the inherent defect in democracy. In politics the contenders rejoice at defeating their opponent, without caring what happens to that individual. They don’t think about harmonizing with him but are like people who want to have only day and no night. To achieve political ambition, almost anything has become acceptable.

In this atmosphere of competition and hostility, the old struggles between the races can never be resolved. White people have told blacks that it is their destiny to live as second-class citizens, not realizing that everyone is related to everyone else. Of course there is animosity and confrontation in daily life as a result. How can peace be found there?

Black and white have an inseparable destiny, but they have not realized that. If mankind is described as a mountain, white people could be described as the snow on the peak. At the bottom of the mountain there is black fertile soil in the valley, made rich by all the leaves that have fallen there. Can the snow look down at the valley and feel proud of being white and clean instead of dark like the earth? The mountain cannot be a mountain without the valley; both are important elements and they share the same destiny.

You never know when a beautiful face may be masking something ugly. Can a beauty queen say she is so beautiful that she never has to go to the bathroom? Even a beauty queen has to use the toilet every day! Is the bathroom any more fragrant when she uses it? Most people can tolerate their own smell, but they criticize someone else’s bad smell. When you say “I”, you are including not only your beautiful face, but also your insides and your smells in the bathroom; you cannot separate these parts of you.

The same principle applies to each race. The yellow race is positioned in the middle of the mountain. When you look at nature, you see a lot of green color, but the green leaves always turn to brown or yellow, eventually. The two colors are like cousins. The predominant color in nature is actually yellow. Spring begins with yellow colors, the forerunner to green, then the autumn season brings more yellow and brown, as leaves turn and fall to the ground. We can conclude that this yellow color is fundamental to nature.

The major world religions were all founded by people from Eastern countries, not white or black people. At this time, one Oriental man is coming forward, crying out, “Let’s unite! Let’s become the ones to save the world!” It is logical and no accident that this person comes from the Orient; this person is Reverend Sun Myung Moon.

Crops grow better and most beautifully in the valley, so white people must recognize that black soil has the element of life. Thus, instead of giving leftovers to black people, white people should give them their very best; there should be a give and take of life. If black people need more education, white people are responsible for lifting them up and helping them improve their cultural standard.

What kind of high or noble dream do you want? To gain a lot of money? Maybe you want lots of power or knowledge so you can boast about it. However, there must be a deeper, more important dream we can have, some dream that can be welcomed by all of history, everywhere, even by spirit world. That could not be a dream of money or power. Think about it. If you felt every day that you were inching closer to such a dream, would your life be a happy one? Would you be easily bored or tired, or wouldn’t you be exuberant every step of the way? I think you would be excited.

When you are pursuing the dream of love, you have no time to be bored or tired. You know you are going in the right direction, and that some day you will jump into your dream and live in the intoxication of the ideal. Even when tears are rolling down your cheeks, they will not be tears of sadness, but tears of joy. Sometimes a person who is frightened will scream, but when you jump into the ideal world of love, your screams will be those of joy.

Anything that is evil in the secular, fallen world will be completely digested and translated into joy by this noble dream. Even suffering and death would not matter because reaching the goal will be many times more compensation. As long as God exists, He must want to be in such a noble place. What would He like to do there? Would He be teaching the alphabet? Would He play cards and solve puzzles? No, He would not want to spend His time in that way. By putting Himself in the center of love, he already has everything. He would have no job remaining, except to be intoxicated in ideal love and rejoice in it.

When God is immersed in love, would the fragrance of that love be so enticing that you would be drawn toward it? Would you feel the urge to touch it, or would you pull your hand away? Would you want to taste more and more of it? You would want to be swallowed up in it, taking it in through all your senses. If people want such ideal love, how much more would God want to impart love with a delightful fragrance to attract people? Is love just the beginning, or is it the end in itself? Love is the fulfillment in itself.

If you felt ecstatic joy in true love would you want to continue forever, or would you get bored? Would love just come to your brain, or would it activate every part of your body? It activates every cell of your body and then moves on to the next person. If God exists then the whole world must be pulled by such power. Such a world must be the ideal world, or heaven. The person who is entitled to enter the heavenly world must have noble, harmonizing love. Is that an exciting, dramatic conclusion, or a dull one?

You know such a world is possible. This morning you have already realized that you are destined to reach that goal. We have no choice about going. Everyone throughout history has to get there one way or another. Would you like to get there quickly? One problem people have today is a lack of will or perseverance. It’s no good to know the truth and then feel, “So what?” Do you have the will to get to that ideal world? Normally everyone starts the journey eagerly, but many people are deterred by even a small obstacle. Once you set your will, you need persistence. A woman, for example, may start off with good intentions,

but if a man steps up to discourage her and offer his love, would she continue? I think you are not sure what you would do! I knew an ideal world was possible, and once I began the journey, nothing could slow me down whatsoever. Do you have that kind of will?

The second thing you need is the ability to overcome all obstacles. The most important thing for man is woman. However, that woman is also a temptation to him, the hardest temptation to overcome. Sexual desire is the hardest to overcome, the next is hunger, and then the desire to be well-dressed and attractive. Money is also a temptation because it can provide you with the other things you desire. Money itself is not evil, but is only a tool; so how you employ that money is very important. It is good if you use it to benefit other people and help to create love.

People also like to have position and influence, to become leaders with prestige; but the most important thing is how and where you fulfill love. I am not saying you should not have good positions, but that your position should only be a tool to help you fulfill love. The Unification Church is a training ground where men and women can realize their true goal and learn the discipline necessary to reach that goal. You want to prove you are God’s champions; so the world is your testing ground, where you do fund raising, witnessing, work at businesses and do home church. In doing so, you expose yourself to all kinds of worldly temptations and you have to overcome them. If a sister thinks she is beautiful, for instance, she can make herself unattractive to ward off temptation.

We need money for a good purpose, so you learn how to make money. If you don’t know how to be financially independent, you will always be pulled by money and defeated by it. A miraculous thing is happening in the history of America: instead of wanting money for yourself, you want it for the service of God. Some members feel heavy if they even think about going out fund raising, but you should know that I have done fund raising also. I have total confidence to survive under any circumstances, even with a wife and twelve children. I can earn money any time. I can be a farmer, a fisherman, a miner, or dock laborer. I excel at everything; therefore, I am not tempted by money.

Right now you are training yourselves to be masters of economic matters. Before you become parents, I want you to have confidence that you can support your family. If you are not prepared, your own loving children will distract you from going the heavenly way. But if you take my word seriously and gain the right experience, you won’t have any difficulty.

Our church in Japan has an established tradition that the wives support their families while the husbands are on the front line. Sometimes it may happen that the wife is more needed for a mission and then the husband supports the family. You should have confidence to support your family in any case, not expecting some welfare program from the church after a few years. I never lived that way. I want to move the church forward, not be a burden to the church. Right now I am not thinking about my family economy, but about how to move the world economy forward.

First, you need a persistent will; second, the ability to overcome; and third, you need to know how to execute your plan. Will is an internal thing, and the second is an external struggle, while the third is the actual deed. The final consequence of all these steps is your achievement, the fourth step. I can overcome any obstacle.

You may come every Sunday to sit and listen to me, but you can never be fulfilled until you go through every problem of the real world. The fifth step is reaching the intoxication of the world of love. Until then there are all kinds of headwinds and temptations trying to stop you. If your fiancee is a disturbance to you on this path, then even that person can be your enemy. Even your children can be such an enemy. The Bible clearly says this.

Unless you can complete these five steps, you cannot have your noble dream. In connection with having a persistent will, I want you to know a little about the spirit world. Your thoughts are the real you; that essential part of you will not change one bit when you go to the spirit world, for it remains for eternity. You cannot liberate yourself from your thoughts once you finish life on earth. You are the prisoner of your thoughts.

When you die you know precisely where you are, and you are aware of the different levels of ideals in spirit world. You may be aware that a noble dream is there, but you cannot reach out for it. Your nature is fixed once you go to spirit world. The important thing is that here on earth you follow my words and pursue that noble dream and by leaps and bounds you can progress to that goal. This is your opportunity.

If you cannot fulfill the realm of love completely while on earth, you can only dwell in the realm of love which you completed. In spirit world you don’t need food or money or clothes. If all you care about on earth is those things, in spirit world you have nothing to do. If you live selfishly on earth, you have no way to move about in spirit world because the spirit world cannot harmonize with you; I you will be a foreign element. All you have to do is to practice love for others on the earth, and all the doors of spirit world will open for you.

The ancestors of people who gave you money when you were fund raising recognize that you have done something good for their family tree. Fund raising is not just a way to raise money; more importantly, it is to help liberate the spirit world. People are not doing you a favor by giving a donation; you are doing them a favor. Spirit world knows the value of this and they will give you a standing ovation when you gain donations.

We have an incredible mission and I know that persecution must come to anyone who pursues this mission. I follow the same rules you do. Right now the whole country of America is trying to kick me out. It would be easy for me to accuse America, but I cannot; if I did, all the work you have done, the foundation you have made here, would be destroyed. I did not come to be received graciously by America, but to save it; so whatever mistreatment I receive, it does not change my mission. Jesus Christ did not come to be served, but to save the world, even to the point of taking up his cross. I started my mission with that motivation and I will finish it with the same thinking.

1 have never walked this road for myself. All the teachings I have given and my deeds are one. In my own life, I have proven the truth of my teachings. I have taught you about fund raising, but who has raised more funds for the American Church, you or me? For the benefit of our American movement, I have brought more money than anyone else; but the world thinks I took the money away from you to make myself rich. Have you suffered more or have I? Even if the media doesn’t realize the truth, the spirit world does. All untruth will perish, but the truth will go on, spirit world will go on and I, too, will go on.

Your suffering is actually a blessing and a privilege, for through it you are liberating this earth and spirit world. When you shed tears for the world, you are shortening the time of fulfillment of God’s dispensation. Every time you shed tears for others, God can pull you closer to Himself. In your one short life on earth, you can leap over 6,000 years of restoration history. God wants to love you as an individual while you are here on earth, not wait until you come to spirit world. That is the Principle. How can you have such a love relationship with God here on earth? The best and quickest way is to be someone who suffers for the sake of truth, God, and love. Maybe the entire world will misunderstand you, but God knows the truth; even if the whole world hates you, God will love you.

Your dream here on earth is unlimited; it goes beyond the horizon. You may be proud of being a member of the Unification Church for 10, 15, or even 20 years, but have you ever thought about how much you have suffered for the sake of others? How worthy are you of receiving God’s love? That is the way you should evaluate yourself. Have you ever thought that you are here to liberate this world, and that you want to offer yourself to God as a sacrifice? Instead, many of you think that you have been here long enough, and you just want the Blessing to come soon.

I know how you can receive God’s love; it is not by advertising what you have done. God knows what you have done, so all you have to do is volunteer to do harder work, getting your feet wet and suffering every day for the sake of God and mankind. When you give money to help someone, don’t think you are giving it just to that person; history is behind you and that money is for the sake of the world, as well as spirit world. Every minute, every hour of the day I have committed myself to the cause because I know this principle. It is not out of a sense of duty, but a desire for the creation of a new, ideal world that I go this way.

Today is Tuesday; two days ago, I gave a sermon for Sunday service, and many people asked me to rest today in order to improve my health. Some of the leaders volunteered to take responsibility for a meeting at the New Yorker, but I refused their offer. December is the last month of the year, and I felt that I should give a sermon today. If I had been seeking any comfort, I would never have come to the United States. I will go all the way to the end without slowing down. If I leave America under any circumstances, I will have no regrets, for I feel I have done my absolute best for this country. God is moving me to other nations for the mission, and I will obey Him. Wherever I move, God is moving also.

Wherever I am directed by God to go, I shall create a new world. What a great life that is! To some people’s eyes, I may seem to have lived a miserable life, but in the eyes of God, I have lived the most dramatic and fulfilling life. I have encountered many difficulties in my lifetime, including my own family relationships, but they have only pushed me to greater accomplishment, never distracting me from the mission. Ultimately, God took responsibility and solved the problems for me.

We are not living for ourselves or the secular world, but for God and the liberation of all mankind. Will you join with me? Then you must join with me in my philosophy, principle, and way of life, harboring the highest, noblest dream in your heart. You must not be a random daydreamer, but a Principled dreamer. The world has pointed their fingers at me throughout my life and called me a crazy dreamer; in fact, that was the nicest thing they called me! But it is interesting that my crazy dreams have become reality one by one, year by year, decade by decade, and now, after sixty years, many people in the world are

starting to believe my dream. Even heads of state are starting to listen to me, thinking I may have a solution to their problems. People in the highest places are turning to me, but you who are my followers are sometimes the ones who believe in me the least! Other people may know my strength, but they do not know where it comes from. You, however, know that it comes from true love.

Some of the scientists who attended the Science Conference in Korea this year commented that we have wonderful young people in our organization. I wonder what is so wonderful about you? You don’t have the knowledge that they do, or the influence, and often your pockets are empty; but if you really follow my direction, you have a wonderful spirit and motivation to live for others. People sense this about you; it is like a beautiful fragrance coming from you and they smell it. You are different; you are not ordinary, secular people. When people look into your eyes, they sense purity and sincerity and a lack of greed or hate. The world has eyes filled with self-centeredness and hostility, but they don’t see such eyes in you. Have you changed since you joined the Unification Church? You used to be rebellious and talk back to your parents, but now you have learned to accept the world’s persecution and abuse with meekness and humility. Your life has been turned upside down.

When you harbor the noble, harmonizing dream of love on this earth, you will be lifted up into limitless freedom in spirit world. What thoughts come first into your mind? When the thoughts of loving others come first, the doors of spirit world open up and you can reach God. You will have the entire spirit world as your domain and you will be totally free in the universe. It won’t matter where you go, for doors will automatically be opened everywhere. The more you suffer for other people here on earth, the greater will be your welcome in spirit world. The ancestors of people who benefited from you will give you a ticker-tape parade when you arrive there, and the relatives of those who mistreated you will be apologetic.

The Unification Church is not just an earthly entity, but a universal entity embracing the spirit world and physical world together. Unless we can bring liberation to both of them, unification is not possible. For this goal, we shall lay the necessary foundation in our daily lives. The home church providence operates according to this principle; you give love through sacrificial service, and every door will be opened to you. You are not dealing with simple individuals in your home church area, but with a microcosm of the whole world. When you witness to people on the street however, you are only dealing with individuals; so home church witnessing has more value.

We can only overcome community opposition through home church. You are often ready to cry over problems in your own family, but you have not shed heartbroken tears for your country or the world. You should be doing the opposite-not shedding tears for your family, but for mankind and for God. God has not been suffering because of problems in heaven, but on the earth. Your eyes should be God’s eyes, and your tears should be God’s tears, so you should shed tears on behalf of God. Unless you experience the depth of God’s feeling in your prayers, shedding tears, that prayer is only lip service. Tears are precious. When you go out to witness, tears should roll down your face first. When you fund raise with tears, spirit world will come and help you.

What we do in the Unification Church is most important in order to fulfill our noble dream. No matter how fortunate you may be, with a beautiful family and beautiful spouse, unless you share this dream with me, you will not join with me in spirit world. Where I go, you will not go. Even if you are blessed, if you only live for the sake of your own family, you will not enter into heaven, because heaven is designed to accept only those people who live for the sake of others. Marriage itself is for the sake of God and His providence, because spirit world centers around the family foundation. It is much better for an individual to be part of a couple in fulfilling the ideal. That is why you need marriage; it is not just for your own happiness.

Why do you need children? To experience how to truly love the world. The way you love your children is the way you should love the world. The family is a microcosm of the world; it is a textbook of love, where you can learn what you need in order to go to heaven. All of this is absolutely true; the mixed-up thinking you have now will not be enough to enter heaven.

If you have not changed yourself even after I have taught you these things precisely and you appear in spirit world as you are, no one will sympathize with you. Do you understand? It is a tragedy if you fail to live up to this, after hearing it spelled out exactly. Even for birds it is most tragic to lose their mate and their family, to become isolated. When ducks fly across the broad sky, they have an order-a family and a group to which they belong. You are keeping your position as part of the whole of humanity and it is not necessary for you to speak about what position you have or what you are. You cannot say anything, because the truth is already there.

Life on earth is a precious opportunity, for here you can advance by great leaps, even across a million years. Once you have lost your physical life, there are no secular worries about food or clothing in spirit world, but only about love. If you have no capacity for love, you become a wandering spirit, trying to come back to earth to correct your deficiency, but unable to do so easily. You cannot settle anywhere. I know precisely how the spirit world works.

I heard that one brother here worries all the time about his Korean fiancee; he feels that he is completely melted in his love for her. But he should be ashamed of never being melted in the love of mankind and God; how can he be worthy to love one woman? Even now I do not give myself entirely to Mother, for I have a much greater duty to love God and mankind. The mission must come first. When you think about the love of God and mankind, your fiancee is just one little branch of that whole tree.

I am sure that after your wedding, some women will ask their husbands, “How much do you love me?” In order to satisfy their wives, the men will reply, “I love you very much.” But the wives will not be satisfied and will demand, “How much is that?” If the husbands reply, “I love you more than I love God and the world,” will the wives be happy? I want you to know that if Mother asked me such a question, I would never answer in that way. My entire self is consumed in loving God and mankind; then I love Mother and our children. My best answer would be, “My love for Mother is as big as Mother herself.” Sometimes that answer may not be good enough for Mother, but it is the truth. It has a tremendous implication. When a mother is a universal mother, she deserves universal love. To be a mother is not easy and there are all levels of motherly love.

No matter what has happened in my life, no matter how much people have accused me, I have survived and kept going and prospered. We are marching toward the highest possible dream and that march will continue this month, this year, and beyond our lives. It is a beautiful, exciting, dramatic life we are living in pursuit of that dream. Ultimately, no one will be able to deny or refuse that dream; the entire world will be embraced by it.

We of the Unification Church are the flag bearers, the front line soldiers of that dream. The flag will continue moving forward. Even if I falter, one Reverend Moon after another will pick up the banner and continue to march forward with it. Don’t you want to possess such a noble dream? Everyone is curious that I never seem to get tired, but they do not know this secret-with such a dream, how can one get tired or bored? How can you not devote every minute of the day to it? When you are marching on there will be much opposition before you, but in the dark night when you look behind you, there will be many people with lanterns, lighting the way.

I know that the sun will rise in the morning. Our new dawn is almost here. Once that new day comes, I will reminisce about the dark night when I struggled alone but never gave up the goal. That night will be a beautiful memory forever.

We have a great shining hope on the horizon. We shall embrace the sun of God’s shining love and warmth, shedding tears of joy and love together. That will be a new day, a day of triumph and vindication. It will be the consummation of dispensational history and the dawn of a new civilization for heaven and earth. You are living such a dramatic life; you are a precious, historical person. You knew nothing about this until you came to the Unification Church, but this truth has transformed your life, giving you new value.

I will pass away, but Belvedere will be here for hundreds and thousands of years. People will want to come here and touch this podium in the future, sitting where their forefathers sat with me, wishing they could have been here. Unless you live up to this privilege now, how can you show your face in spirit world? You must be proud to say, “Yes, I was one of those who listened to Reverend Moon at Belvedere.” Your pride shall be in the fact that no one else in the future can top your standard of obeying and loving God and True Parents and serving mankind. I want you to be ancestors with that kind of pride; I want to create such men and women out of you. If I really love you, such thinking is only natural. I don’t want you to fail, but to be famous in history. I don’t want to take people to spirit world who have no pride or dignity, who can be accused by the generations to come. Billions of people will be in a position to either envy-you or accuse you. I want them to envy you.

I have been told that our training programs don’t have enough qualified lecturers, but I say that the few qualified ones should just lecture and lecture, even until they die, and then they shall become heroes in spirit world. The sins of any such person who died early because he was overworked lecturing would be covered by his sacrifice.

You must become men and women who have this high, noble dream. I have another dream, which I explained at the Science Conference. That is the international highway system in the Far East as a pattern to bring peace to the world. Many people think it is a crazy idea, but I have a plan of action, not just an idea, and by following the steps I outlined to you, I will fulfill it. First, I have a persistent will; second, I will overcome the difficulties; next, I will execute my plan; and finally it will be accomplished.

First Japan should construct a bridge between Japan and the Korean peninsula. Nothing is better than a beginning, so even two rails will be good for starters. With such an incredible mission ahead of me, how can I get tired?

This morning when you woke up at 3:00 to come here, you probably felt, “We just had a meeting at Belvedere two days ago. Why do we have to go back again?” But aren’t you glad to be here? Do you have a dream now? How dramatic that you could drive here so early in the morning with that kind of dream in your heart. You have even forgotten about your legs being uncomfortable from sitting on the floor. Young people in particular must have a dream. When I was young I had extraordinary dreams, and I thought of the most incredible things.

We shall harbor this noble dream and march on to the end. Amen! For the sake of love, Amen!

## SEEKING THE TRUE MASTER

By Fami1yfed June 20, 2018 June 20, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1981

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### November 29, 1981
Belvedere
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

#### Copyright © 1981 by Holy Spirit Association for the Unification of World Christianity

In any society or organization, there is always a central point. The person who is located in that central point must feel a sense of mastery. The Korean word “chu in,” which means “master,” also means “principal person” or “main person.”

In order for any organization to prosper, the center and the surroundings must harmonize in beautiful give and take. When we consider a school, there are the teachers in the center who are surrounded by the students; they must have harmonized give and take together for that school to be a success. Any company is the same. There are leaders, or management, as well as the workers and they must harmonize with each other.

Around what principle can there be such unity? There is a primary purpose for gathering at a school, and that is for learning. In the case of a company the purpose by which the central persons and those who surround them can harmonize is business.

When we talk about a true master, then, what should we consider in addition to the overall purpose? First of all, in order to be true, there must be eternal elements, elements which have more than just temporary value. When you speak of something that is “true,” you must think about philosophical and spiritual matters. In the school, learning is important; in the company, business is important; but on top of that there must be some true meaning of their existence. There must be some spiritual quality or principle which causes them to come together, something bigger than the school or business itself.

When we talk about elementary school, we know that beyond that there is middle school, high school, the university, and beyond that there is the world. The company is not just a place where you go to work to get a salary. The company links the worker to the world, enabling him to contribute something for the sake of the nation and for the world.

What is the most important thing for you, as an individual? What is the thing you value the most? American people think about their country, right? When you are living in your country, you don’t think too much about the importance of your government or your country, but once you leave the country, you feel how important they are. A person’s country is very important to him.

Within our country, what is the most important thing? Our own homes. More than your school, your factory or your business, the most important thing is your home. That is because within your home the relationships with your family-your parents, brothers and sisters, wife or husband-have an eternal quality. It is not because you eat food when you get home that you value your home the most. You could go to the best restaurants and receive better food. It is the love of your parents, of your brothers and sisters that makes your home valuable.

When a person is deprived of love, it is unbearable for him. When we consider freedom and love, which is the most valuable to all of us? It is not freedom, but love. True love, even if you are in prison, fills you and makes you shine, no matter where you may be. Here in America freedom has been stressed, but there is something greater than freedom, and that is love. Love has not been stressed here, and that is a tragedy.

Let’s talk about freedom a little while. Let’s say that there was some master who controlled freedom. Who do you think deserves to be a master of freedom? Those people who above all want freedom want to deny the laws and regulations of society. People say, “I don’t care about anything. I’m free. I want to do this, or that, and I will do it.” Suppose everyone in society thought that way. What would happen? The society would fall into chaos. Therefore, freedom cannot be the highest ideal of a society.

What about knowledge? Can knowledge be given the utmost value in a society? Through knowledge a person has the power of evaluation, of comparing and judging. Often a person with knowledge will become boastful. “I have a degree so you must listen to me, obey me, serve me.” Frequently in our society we see a man of inferior appearance with a little more knowledge than average, and he will try to control others with his knowledge. Under those circumstances, a true, ideal society cannot be born.

Another significant aspect of life is money. The possession of money endows a person with two opportunities-to eat better and to live better than someone else. So far money has been the tool of selfishness; people hoard money, caring for no one else but themselves. People have tried to control society for their own benefit by using money. A person who tries to control the world with his money may seem attractive at first. but soon would he revealed as a boring person.

How about power or influence? The world thinks it is very desirable. Unification Church members, you are very conscious of your title or position, aren’t you? If someone tries to invade your position, you automatically feel threatened and try to defend yourself and your position. The amazing thing is that in a power structure everyone wants to climb up; no one wants to go down. People just want to climb up to the top of the ladder so that they can say, “I’m number one in the world.” They become so boastful and arrogant that they say, “Since I’m number one, God, you have to bow down to me!” They even try to control God.

The principle of beauty throughout the world depends upon the turning of give and take. In that turning movement the upper position becomes the lower position, then goes around again. That’s the law of nature, the law of progress. Therefore, if you seek only power to become a master, there can be no ideal there. In power, money and knowledge there is no eternal value.

Where can we find such an eternal quality today? We have to think about love. If you can fully possess true love, or tap into true love, then whether or not you have power, money or knowledge makes very little difference. When you consider your own country, the most supreme feeling in a true man is patriotism, or love for his country. When you consider your home, your family, it is the true love relationships that are most important. But I want you to understand that love does not exist independently, or all by itself. Love must have two poles, that of subject and object, entering into give and take relationship. When you go to your home, what is the center of love there? The parents. The goal of the family, then, is the relationship of true love between parents and children.

Suppose at home your father and mother are always criticizing one another, saying such things as, “Don’t be like your mother.” You would feel very uncomfortable and have some pain in your heart. “Why should they be like that?” you would wonder. You would evaluate your father and mother and see that, although your father criticizes your mother, she is a much better quality person than he is. Children can immediately detect when parents are fighting for selfish reasons.

Suppose the children hear their parents saying, “Your mother is a great woman,” or “Your father is a great man.” How would they feel? The parents would be showing that there is no need to command each other, but setting an example of love by serving each other and lifting one another up. Children would automatically have pride in their hearts, thinking, “My Daddy and Mommy are the best in the world.” In this situation, the children would be completely embraced in their parents’ love.

Children are very sensitive. They can see when their father and mother keep their own separate checkbooks and are always fighting over money. True love can go beyond all these material, earthly things.

Suppose there is a father who is very well educated and a mother who came from a rural home and is not educated at all. Does the father have a right to act like a tyrant, treating his own wife like a servant or the secretary of his company? No. No matter how many college degrees the father has, when he comes to his home he is a member of the family. The supreme rule of the family is the rule of love, not power. That rule also applies to the brothers and sisters as well as parents. If some brother is trying to rule over the others by the power of his fists, no one will like him. Only by serving and loving the others can that brother become popular.

When we talk about the national government, the same rule applies. Between the leaders of a nation and those who are governed there must be a relationship of love. The democratic system in this country brings about changes from time to time. First the Democratic Party governs, then the Republican Party takes over. Even the Communist Party could govern if its candidates were elected. Is this sort of switching around an extension of the ideal family, or not? What happens is that when the Democratic party gains control, the Republican Party fights against the Democrats. And the communists, or course, fight against both of them. Under such circumstances, how can you talk about an ideal society? Where is the love relationship?

We are certainly not living in a completely ideal society. We all want to live in an ideal society, but in reality we are living in a chaotic, confused, fallen society. This is our problem. How can we bring all this confusion under control? Could we make things better if we had the absolute power of tyranny? That’s what the communists have tried to do. They try to rule with an iron fist, and they seem to succeed, at first. They have conquered nations and taken over governments, but eventually the communists will fall.

For the past three years Soviet Russia has suffered a great drought. Certainly the heads of state don’t want that drought to occur. They might cry out with clenched fists, “We have the power in this country! Give us rain!” But that is not the way nature operates. God has judged them by holding back the rain for three years. Even if you have enough power to make the nation tremble, you cannot bring about the ideal society. Likewise, knowledge alone cannot bring the solution. Money is not the way, either.

The ultimate tool by which to bring about the ideal society is love, true love. What is this true love? If we say God-centered love, what exactly do we mean? The best definition was given by Jesus: True, God-centered love is that which is capable of loving even an enemy. If white people love other white people, there’s nothing special about that. When white people love black people, though, that is true love. But the ultimate love is that of loving our enemy. That is the ultimate love because no one can criticize or condemn such love. It is invincible love, love which is always there, without contradiction, always smoothly flowing. That kind of love makes you feel good, no matter whether it comes in your eye or ear or mouth, or anywhere.

Professor Young Oon Kim, of our seminary, once told me, “When I made up my mind to love my enemies and forgive everyone who ever hurt me in my life, I felt such peace in my mind. Nothing bothers me and I have no grudges anymore.”

· Why should she feel such peace? Because she is free to go everywhere. For her there is no obstacle anywhere. Those who can unconditionally love everyone, including their enemies, must command the respect of others, whether they are black, white or yellow. This would be true in the past, in the present, and on into the future, even a million years from now. So this must be a universal truth.

Let’s talk about the saints. What was the common goal of Jesus, Confucius and Mohammed? Throughout their lives they talked about loving the world, loving mankind. For them, national boundaries meant very little. They transcended such boundaries as customs, traditions, cultures. American people today, however,

simply cannot go beyond their own culture and habits. As Americans you eat cheese, bread and butter. Korean people also have their own habits. They eat kimchee and hot pepper sauce, and they cannot go beyond that. There is a tremendous power to such habits and it is very difficult to go beyond these cultural boundaries. But the person who would become an international man must go beyond his national boundaries, even if he receives persecution and hardship.

I am always looking at the Unification Church missionaries. When these Germans, Japanese and Americans come home, I am watching to see how many of them try to avoid going back to their mission countries. Suppose there is a person who comes back from his overseas mission and says, “Oh Father, I have had enough. Let me stay at home in my own country.” That would be the response of an average person, not the extraordinary person, not the saint. But the amazing thing is that so far our Unification missionaries, even though they suffer and are persecuted in their mission, almost always tell me, “I want to go back.” What great brothers and sisters we have in the Unification Church!

Saints, then are those who go beyond their national and cultural boundaries, and try to love and give life to the whole world and all of mankind. It is not an easy way of life. How do we know it is not easy? There have been many billions of people who have lived on the earth, but we can talk about only four great saints. This proves how difficult it is to live the standard of a saint.

What are the qualities of a saint? A saint loves all of mankind as his own family, his own country. This standard never changes throughout history. How many people have lived and practiced such a way of life? How many saints are there in America? Wherever you travel in the world there are anti-American movements. Americans are hated and are even expelled from many places in the world. Why? Because Americans have not been living according to this principle. Instead they have been trying to benefit themselves at the expense of the world. They have not tried to help or serve any country except the United States.

Many times Americans do not try to teach their technology to other countries but just keep it to themselves as a secret. But people with true love would see that this is not the right kind of ethical practice. This kind of standard has to be criticized and condemned in the name of justice. True love must go in the opposite direction.

America, for example. has given foreign aid to certain countries. Instead of expecting a return on that money, as though it were an investment, America ought to give that money and forget it. She should let the money work for the good of the local inhabitants. What if parents kept a record of how much money they spent on each child, saying, “Last year I spent $5,000 on you, so you owe me $5,000. For the last 30 years, you owe me $45,000.” Is that the parental way? Of course not. Parents do everything unconditionally for the children, and forget what they have done.

That way of giving is the central theme of an ideal society; it can also be called the backbone of the ideal society. Those Americans who joined the Unification Church are different from the rest of the country, for you have transcended the national boundary. I want to see you become men and women who can go beyond your country and love mankind everywhere as much as you love the people of your own country-in fact, even more than you love your own country. That is the Unification goal.

We are talking about the True Master this morning. The true masters of the world today are those people who practice true love on a worldwide scale, living each day by that principle.

A loving parent who knows his child needs money for school tuition would not tell his child, “I don’t want to use any of my savings account, so you can just forget school. Go to a gas station and work.” We apply the same principle on the worldwide scale: we must invest ourselves and our actions for the sake of the world. Those of you in the Unification Church-who are you and why are you here? When a person loves his own son, he will help and serve that son for ten years and never get tired or bored with serving that son. Consider yourself-for three years, perhaps, you have been a Moonie and already you feel like an old-timer who is ready to retire. If you look tired and spiritless, the reason is that your central purpose is not clear to you.

If you loved the world with a parental heart then you could not feel tired or fatigued. If you want to become a true master of the world, you simply cannot feel tired just by working here in the United States:

I you still must go beyond the boundary of America. Perhaps you will become a bit tired now and then, but there is no time to get discouraged when you are striving to become a true master on the worldwide level. How can you ever become a true master of the world if you say, “Well, after three years I’m just totally exhausted and burned out”? When your spirit is burning bright with the zeal of true love, you can go on every day for the rest of eternity and no power under the sun can deter you or discourage you.

Why do I have to come to America, a country which does not even give me a decent welcome? I could say, “Forget it. I don’t want to bother with the United States.” But that is not my way of life. The more this country comes against me, the more I will work to melt the opposition with an intense love. Even the communists are trying to kill me, but I am trying to warm them up with my love and ultimately restore them. That is my philosophy and it is one which will go on without diminishing for all eternity.

Why do you feel lonely when I am away? Here you have all you need to eat; you have your friends and your homeland. Why should you miss a Korean man when he is not with you? Something is vacant in your heart when I am away. For some reason you feel a certain peace and satisfaction in your heart when I return. Why is that? Because we share love-the love of God is what creates our relationship. Why did you come here so early in the morning when it’s cold and dark? The cold and darkness don’t matter to you; something urges you to come here. This is evidence of the power and energy of love.

My entire life has been one of persecution and mistreatment. Yet you see that I am not tired. I keep moving, step by step, leaving footprints as I go. When I turn around I can taste a precious joy at seeing them behind me. Up ahead there is nothing but persecution coming at me, like a head wind pushing me. But when I turn around and look behind at my own territory I can feel great exaltation, for there I see people from all races following me. I see peace, harmony and unity when I look back at my own territory. That is so beautiful and valuable to me that then I can turn around and move ahead even more strongly.

Only on the road of love can this happen. If I had been seeking power for myself, no one would have followed me. If my goal had been to make money or to accumulate knowledge, I don’t think people would enjoy following me at all. No matter how much persecution came to me along this path, I never felt alone or discouraged because when I would look behind me, there was a Love Race growing and growing.

Consider the Japanese people and the Korean people. They were enemies for quite a long time. But today, the Japanese members are pledging their service and loyalty to me, more than anyone else in the world. They are willing to give their lives for this cause. Isn’t that amazing? They are not pledging their lives for the sake of Reverend Moon; not at all. They are pledging their lives for the sake of the true love which I pioneered and championed. In this way, the enemy nation of Japan has become a territory of love.

Many Japanese members who have come to America have been the most sacrificial. Some Japanese members are getting old, and haven’t had children yet, or they have several children without any material foundation for their lives. I am waiting for them to come to me and say, “Father, I have done my time here in America. Please let me go home to my country and retire.” But not even a single one of them has come to me with that request.

We are really a great movement! It is not the truth we are teaching that is the greatest thing, but the power of love which permeates the truth-that is the great, eternal thing. That is why this movement can go beyond territorial boundaries and can conquer our enemies by the power or love.

How many people or organizations in our world are pursuing such a great goal and living such a great way of life? Only you, the Unification Church members, are in that category. But is it true that you are only worrying about your fiancé at this time? What about the world? You should feel that even if your marriage is delayed, the salvation of the world should come first. Do you feel that your marriage must come before everything else?

God has much greater problems than your own marriage. From the viewpoint of God, how small is the problem of your marriage compared to the problems of the whole world! Of course, your marriage is an important thing, but compared to the other, incredible problems of God it is of lesser importance. Suppose that, right now, your one great hope in life is to get married to your fiancé and make a home together, and tomorrow it happened. Then all of a sudden you would discover that marriage is not as rosy as you expected! Your hope would vanish because it was based only upon your marriage.

By contrast, the man who lives completely for the sake of the world and mankind can have no failure in his marriage. For that person, marriage is a part of loving the world. No matter who the fiancé is, that marriage is bound to be successful, for together the two pursue the same goal and are absolutely assured of a successful marriage. We must say, “I marry, not for myself alone, but for the sake of God. I want to love God and mankind more. All by myself, I cannot do that well, so I need my eternal comrade.” That is a beautiful concept of marriage. You assist each other in loving God more, discussing together the ways to accomplish your goal. What a beautiful couple!

No matter what, we must seek the true master. Who is the true master? He is the man who has the greatest true love of all and practices that extraordinary love. We seek such a true master, but where can we find him? Only God has such a character. In true love, you look at this world from God’s point of view, you listen to the world with His ears; through His senses you receive the world. God’s love is historical, for He loved from the beginning, through all the past and present and on into the future. God is the Creator, so when He looks at the world He sees history. He knows how He created the world and He loves every aspect of His creation. He loves the processes, not just the results.

Heavenly Father created the universe with a motivation of utmost love, so He always had that beautiful memory. Even though man fell, God has a dream and a goal for mankind. When He sees fallen mankind so far below that goal, He does not condemn. Instead, He feels mercy for mankind and tries to bring them back to the original state.

Every man has an original mind which is pursuing that highest goal of eternal love. Eternal love can own everything, embrace everything, and harmonize everything. Spirit world is already practicing that principle. God dwells wherever true love is the center, where everything and everyone are trying to harmonize with true love.

Once you find the true master, can you change masters or move out? The true master is the subject and we are the objects. The philosophy of the true master and his way of life become our philosophy and way of life. Thus, the relationship between the true subject and object will continue for eternity. The true master with true love will not just be concerned with himself, but with the entire world. His goal has always been to bring the entire world into harmonious unity.

Although we are working only in a limited geographical location such as New York’ our impact is universal because what we do is for the sake of the world. The work you do in New York is not only for the sake of New York; it is also for the sake of God and all mankind. Even though you live in just one place, if the things you do please our True Master up in heaven, then you are pleasing the entire world. We must find the True Master and serve Him for our whole lives. Our relationship with Him should be an eternal one.

Many people think, “Father is too idealistic! He talks about ideals, but it is not really practical here in America. It won’t work.” But wait until you die; then you will find that it is very real, but by then it will be too late. You have to discover the truth now, while you are here on earth. Whatever you harvest here will establish your standard of living in the spirit world. Here on earth is the place where you must practice and learn the capability to live in spirit world. The life of one man is very short compared to eternity, so we have no time to waste in finding our true master. What a pity it is that so many people waste their time on the earth! During this short time on earth, we have to consummate our road in life. Each day is so precious it is like a thousand years.

For a student, the moment of greatest seriousness is exam time. Our life, when compared to eternity, is more serious than that exam period. To God, your life is very short, so it is very easy to rate which kind of life you have lived. In each action there is the potential for good or for evil. When you go to sleep, it can be for good or for evil. Your laughter can be good or evil. The true leader is always trying to push you toward the good and sunny side.

What is good? What is evil? Goodness is something that is good for everyone. Evil is something that hurts everyone else but benefits only you. If you were to spread this message of self-serving all over the earth. do you think that would bring about the ideal world? Of course not. Therefore, you must teach people that they are existing for the sake of others; you must teach them to live a sacrificial life for the sake of others, serving mankind and loving the world. That is the only way.

The most important aspect is our attitude. Even though you are working every day to serve others, if you are grumbling inside and resenting your situation, you cannot win. You must do what you do with gratitude. Life in the Unification Church is focused on this process of molding men through unselfishness. This is why in Unification Church you are called upon to do things that you do not want to do. Especially if you strongly dislike doing one certain thing, that will be what you do! If you only did the things you enjoyed doing, do you think the world would improve?

We have to do such things as fund raising on MFT, but your own pockets are always empty. Many people think the money goes into my pockets, but when I pull them out, they are always empty. Where is the money going? To projects for the sake of the world. This process is not going to be ended with my lifetime. You will receive the torch and pass it on to future generations.

You are insignificant people, but you are earning money and then spending it for the sake of the entire world. In this way, your small role in the world has become an important one. You are suffering much tribulation by going this way, but the amazing thing is that the entire world is coming around to our side. This year’s Science Conference was the tenth. I delivered my Founder’s Address to an audience of 4,000. At the close of the Conference the scientists adopted a resolution with these points: 1) thanking me for the conference; 2) committing themselves to the cause; 3) supporting my peace formula.

This kind of support did not come about overnight. It took ten years to do it. Suppose after three years’ time I had given up on the Science Conference. Five years ago, when I took a poll of our leaders, most said, “I’m not sure about it. It seems to be a waste of money.” I want you to know that you must persevere. Results take time. You never knew that those few dollars you earned on MFT could give such mileage! Do you think money by itself could move the entire world? Impossible.

Sometimes people wonder how the Japanese can be so clever. The Japanese people are no inventors- they just imitate. They take apart a sample of something and then come up with something a little better. That’s not such an honorable talent, yet God has blessed that country with great prosperity. Why is that? Along with the prosperity of Japan goes the success of our family members working there: when the economy is healthy, the members can bring great result which goes for God’s purpose. The Japanese members are doing their very best, so God has to bless the entire country!

God gave an emergency mobilization order to the entire spirit world, so now spirit men are working every day in Japan. Customers come into our stores, and often they feel they can’t leave until they buy something. That is because of spirit world. Because the Japanese members are dedicating themselves unselfishly, the economic blessings of the entire world will come to be concentrated upon Japan.

Suppose you Americans should say, “We don’t want to fund raise.” What would happen? Then all of America’s wealth would be moved to Japan. Do you think the wealth here in America belongs to this country? No! It is God’s money. If God needs it somewhere else, He has a right to move it. It is an amazing thing that the little island of Japan has so much power. No one could have ever imagined such a thing. Look at the high-technology products that are coming out of Japan. Spirit world is pouring brilliant ideas upon that country, and the Japanese are learning not only to make things better but also cheaper.

What we are talking about this morning is seeking after our True Master and actually occupying the heart of God. True love is our way to kidnap God. Do you think God will get very angry at being occupied by our true love? If someone kidnaps you with true love, you feel good, so what greater ambition could you have than to occupy God? Occupying the whole world is nothing compared with occupying God. If you want to receive love from the greatest, most extraordinary master, you should be able to love him and serve him in everything he does. If he does 100 different things, you should be able to know and serve him in those 100 different ways. Then your master will see how valuable you are.

Our true master, God, is almighty. He has been doing many, many things throughout history, so to be accepted by that almighty master isn’t going to be easy. You will have to meet a high standard. There is only one method to deal with that almighty Master- true love. Neither power, money, nor knowledge could be the way. In order for God to love mankind, there must be a bridge or a ladder by which the link can be made, step by step. Someone has to create that bridge between God and man. The Unification Church is like an engineer corps which is creating that bridge. We become a human bridge between God and man so that God can come down to humanity. The dwelling of God will be with man when God can walk out to mankind on the bridge of true love. That is how you must think of yourselves.

You might think that your goal will be to do your best for ten or twenty years, and then you will retire. You might say, “I gave my youth in service to God, so now I want to do something else.” But is that good enough? Absolutely not. We have not only a lifetime job, but a job for generations. When we die, our children will take over our position and continue our work. Am I leaving the American youth with some tradition? You are mastering your way of thinking. You are trying to become responsible for this country. You are learning to think, “Without me, this country has no hope! I must play a central role by sacrificing myself for the sake of this country.” This is where you have been changed-in your attitudes.

Our goal is to save America and ultimately the world. The United States is the principal country in the world, so once we transform America into a heavenly country, changing the rest of the world would be easy. That is God’s strategy. The ideology and way of life we have adopted is not a bad one-it is the one which God likes and God supports us in this undertaking. You must have confidence in that! Ultimately, it is only a matter of time until this way of thinking shall conquer the world. Then the world will rejoice in exuberance. From this way of thinking true peace and the true ideal shall emerge on the earth.

We are moving every day along this way of true love. Nothing is more precious than this. What is home church all about? It is giving you the method and the territorial boundary within which you can practice the way of true love. Home church is your arena where true love begins. I’m sure many of your parents oppose your membership in the Church, but their ancestors in spirit world are all on your side. Your children, grandchildren, and all your descendants will praise you. You need a base where you can create your own territory-this is what home church is all about.

True love is the target you are shooting at through doing home church. Home church is like the gun and the goal is true love. Have you ever truly thought that the number of times you served people in your home church area was the number of times God visited that area? You must think about how much God is present with you, walking with you. God is not dwelling with you when you are Lying comfortably in bed with a full stomach. The time when you are very hungry and fatigued is when God is with you. Sometimes you may be sick to your stomach and you feel you cannot go out. But knowing that your home church members are waiting for you, you don’t want to disappoint them and you walk out the door, almost falling down. That is the time when God is with you.

You must realize how much God is working in your home church. Have you thought about that? Do you have confidence that in your activities True Parents are with you? Do you think, “I’m sure they love me, and God is with me because I am not ashamed of what I am doing. I am proud of it, and God must be proud, too.” If you have that confidence, I am sure your home church people will love you without any question. If you do not go there one day, people will ask, “Why didn’t our Moonie show up today?” They will ask their neighbors, “Do you know what happened to that Moonie?” They won’t want to be separated from you. Without fail, this will happen when you practice this way of life.

When you go out to home church, always think that you are escorting God and True Parents to your home church area as your guests. When God walks down the most miserable alley of your home church, what will He think? God’s eyes will flood with compassionate tears. How many thousands and thousands of years have passed before home church could emerge? I have spent my entire life in creating home church. The home church system is set up to bring all of mankind into brotherhood. As mankind becomes one brotherhood then the dwelling of parents become a reality. Think about that fact when you have your home church; there mankind and the Parents and God are dwelling in one brotherhood. How happy, ho wonderful! That is the consummation of the Kingdom of Heaven on earth.

When God goes back to spirit world, you can go there with Him. You must have a close relationship with God, like a wife following her husband. Then God can never leave you. This is the special pride of the Unification Church which no one else has. We have sought the True Master and we have found the True Master, and we have a practical method of haven the True Master dwell with us-home church.

How much have you devoted yourself? One yea’ two years, ten years, twenty years? By doing so, you attract the attention of God, and He has to look at you and come down to you. True love is the major them’ by which you connect one woman, one man, one family, two families, a hundred families, 360 families When one new person is linked, you rejoice over his birth as the new true child of God. What a joy it is to see the emergence of a new child of God. With this in mind, how can you neglect to go out every day and night? When this movement of love is spreading out to the worldwide level, the Kingdom of God is bound to appear.

When true love is at the center of life, all directions are connected and there is communication on every level, including spirit world. When you are really longing after God, showing your respect and love toward Him, then the spirit world will open up in front of your eyes. True love cannot exist with just one person, but has to be reciprocal between a subject and object. Those who practice such true love will be followed by God. You will not have to follow God; He will come and follow you! He has to come to the spirit burning in your heart. You will be intoxicated by dwelling in the world of love.

When you look out at the world and mankind from this standpoint, everything changes. There is no way you can be lonely. Every creature and everything you see is a work of art to rejoice with. Ultimately, that is the only real purpose of life which men should pursue.

Shall we go toward that goal? Let us pray.

## HISTORICAL CHILDREN’S DAY

By Fami1yfed June 20, 2018 June 20, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1981

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### October 28, 1981
World Mission Center
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

#### Copyright © 1981 by Holy Spirit Association for the Unification of World Christianity

We are celebrating the 22nd Children’s Day today. We have several major celebrations in Unification Church, Parents’ Day, Children’s Day, Day of All Things, and God’s Day, but the world does not have these days, or know the significance of them. Our Church is founded on God’s dispensational purpose, and as a religious institution the Church installed these days. They have meaning not only to us, but to God and to religion itself.

What is the purpose that religion has to fulfill in God’s sight? When we say that the purpose of God is fulfilled, we mean that God’s kingdom is established, and God’s family has been erected. The Kingdom of God begins from the heavenly family of men. What makes up that God-centered family? It consists of God-centered men and women, the essence which makes up the family, society, and the center of all things that God created. That perfection must reign at the level of men and women, as the foundation of all.

Each of us belongs to one of those poles, either man or woman. We must realize that the standard of men and women who can create the Kingdom of God on earth shall be unchanging, in either the past, present or future, and will go on for eternity. Ask yourself whether you are a man of God who is entitled to the heavenly kingdom; if you can say yes, then you are on the right track.

We also must realize that men and women in the world today are separated from the original standard that God established. In God’s sight the most heartbreaking thing is the fall of man, when the heavenly standard was lost. But the tragic thing is that mankind does not realize how far they have fallen, or know the anguish of the fall. All religions talk about the fall of man, but there is no real seriousness about it in religious circles. Even here you speak more meaningfully about it, but still the meaning of the fall has not penetrated to your very bones.

We are here thousands of years after the fall; should we be more serious about the fall than Adam and Eve? You may say that we should be more serious, about it, but how much do you really feel the pain of it in your heart? Here we recognize that there is a gap between God’s pain and man’s pain. The purpose of religion is to close that gap. Through religion God was constantly raising up champions and messengers to educate the people on earth, to close the gap so that men and God could feel the same joy and pain. For this purpose God has paid a great price and made many sacrifices of men and women and families and peoples and religions.

What is the price that religious people are paying? The general thinking of religious people today is quite self-centered; they join a religion because they want to receive some benefit, and they expect God to lift them directly up to heaven just as they are. Who, then, will eradicate the historical gap between God and man?

People today are like patients who don’t know they have cancer, trying to live life normally, not knowing they are being destroyed from inside. Which has more severe consequences-cancer, or sin from the fall of man? Even Almighty God is helpless to eradicate the problem of the fall by Himself. We must realize that truly a serious problem is at hand. No one really can claim that they are God’s people or nation.

In the course of restoration, the first step must be to properly diagnose what went wrong, and what kind of disease we have. The first consequence of the fall was the emergence of the self in the central place. After the fall, all mankind became self-centered. Isn’t it true that each and every one of you have been infiltrated by the essence of self-centeredness? Second, through the fall everyone wants to control and dominate things for themselves, being greedy for power.

A third consequence of the fall is the establishment of the false lineage on earth. We are born in the lineage of our enemy. The blood of our enemy flows in us, so his self-centered feeling and greediness permeates our bodies. Man’s insides are contaminated by the satanic blood and selfishness; mankind is like a facade, a front for Satan. Our job is to remove that satanic element from our bloodstream. How can that be done?

It is a poignant moment when young people experience first love as they enter adolescence. Is there some power great enough to eradicate that love? The problem in America is that boys and girls become mature too quickly. Even at the age of twelve they want to date. The question is whether within ourselves there is a power than can overcome that sensation. Is there such a brake?

I’m sure there are blessed couples here; can they say that they have eradicated their first experience of love? It’s easy to say yes, but when we truly analyze ourselves, it’s not that simple. Each person is living in the bondage of satanic love. Satanic love is binding every facet of your life. Do you have a greater power to resist such love? If you know you are pulled every moment by that love, can you have any moment of relaxation? It is as though every day you were being pulled by a winch, and each day just one more pull will yank you over the cliff. Have you ever thought about that vivid illustration?

God is moving forward with the work of restoration, trying to cut the satanic lines that hold you and completely set you free. It is a natural law that to unwind something you have to reverse the procedure. You have to do the reverse of what Satan wants. Satan has hooks in you, but what power is there to pull you the other way? If you stand still in the center of those two forces, you will be split into pieces. With all your heart and soul you have to hold onto the salvation wire to avoid being split apart.

Your grip on God’s wire begins in your mind, with your conscious thinking that you must follow God’s teaching. Then your body will follow your thinking. Have you felt that within you there is a battle going on every day? The same eye can work in two directions; so can the rest of your senses. Satan is a world-renowned tempter and deceiver, with all kinds of techniques.

The battle we are in is exactly like tuna fishing. To catch a tuna you have to bend over backwards to please that fish, tempting him with all kinds of bait, unconditionally giving it tasty food. Maybe some of you are like the tuna that thinks it is too smart to be hooked by the bait, but is convinced that it will just have a little sniff! Then after smelling around, it thinks it will have just one bite and then go away, but with that one bite it is finished.

Is the religious way of life difficult or easy? Every day we are just one step short of our own deaths; religious life is that intensely difficult. When you are walking the streets and see a stunningly handsome man or beautiful woman, do you have some interest or surging reaction? I’m sure you have some feeling that you wish such a person could be your husband or wife. In your thinking you associate with that person’ right? You can see how dangerous an atmosphere is created by the world we live in, offering all kinds of bait.

Suppose you are on a trip, in your hotel room and suddenly the world’s beauty queen walks in, the most glamorous movie star, offering to be your companion. What would you do? Sometimes the idea of witnessing to him would be a convenient excuse to continue talking with him or her! But you could pull out a little knife in front of your tempter, sharpening as you talk.

Our worst enemy always presents himself in the most favorable form, being very attractive and charming to melt your heart. The second kind appeals to your greed by offering money or material temptation, even leaving it while you are away, anonymously. What would human instinct do? One part of you says “Boy, I want that!” As soon as you lift up that gift however, you know it is hooked to Satan.

The third weakness is the temptation to receive praise from other people and have them bow down to you. This is an inclination to the me-first philosophy There is a built-in arrogance in the fallen world Americans look down on the short, foreign Japanese and Korean leaders, for instance. Each time you feel that way, you are hooked by your eyes, ears and mouth. Even though people don’t express it, the, have many of these things in their subconscious.

Satan is throwing his hooks at you, and it is a very serious matter. Are you totally slippery, or do you have many places where he can grab you? We know it is not easy to escape, since even after thousands of years God Himself has not been able to change the situation. Are we more susceptible to the satanic element or heavenly element? The heavenly and satanic elements are exactly opposite.

Do you think I am saying that in your first love you should be enthralled by the ugliest person? In the world today, the people who really love God look like human trash. Even if you are an elite person, to follow religious teaching means you must become an outcast element in society. Such an attractive person who wants to follow God should study how to make himself unattractive so that he will not attract temptation. In God’s sight, the mind is everything. Sometimes, in order to be truly faithful you might not wash your underwear for several days. Then people won’t touch you! Instead of lovely manicures, you might have dirty, ragged nails. We live in the enemy’s world, so we want to create our own sanctuary where all temptation will be chased away. That is the best protection. Perhaps someone will insist on giving you diamonds to replace your plain, simple earrings. You should be able to say, “Don’t worry about my ears. These earrings are the best. My ears are allergic to diamonds.”

In the world everyone worries about himself, but we are worrying about other people, and in the meantime we have been kicked around by society. Each person is a target in the cosmic competition, for both Satan and God are throwing hooks at us. Depending on what kind of niches you have, either Satan or God can snag you. People today have the free-sex niche, so will Satan or God be more likely to get them? Is disco dancing a niche for God? What kind of reward do people expect from disco dancing? Most people are trying to hook a glamorous man or woman.

No matter how giant a tuna you are, if Satan gets a hook in you, you are finished. We have to smooth over the satanic niches and create niches where God can hook us. My rule for that is to live for others, not myself. I want to use my things to make other people happy. Then I elevate my goal, so that I not only make other people happy, but other nations happy, and the entire world happy. In the meantime I take the sacrificial position. That attitude is completely opposite the satanic position. Thus, only heavenly hooks can grab me.

When you create lots of heavenly pockets and God can hook you, even if you want to go in the other direction, God can pull you back. Then there is no way you can end up in the satanic camp! There is a struggle inside of us. Our mind is more susceptible to God’s hooks, while the body is more vulnerable to Satan’s hooks; there is a contradiction within us.

I don’t know why, but Unification Church women are all beautiful, and you undoubtedly have a desire to have some handsome man hold your hands. But your hand should be ready to feel more joy in holding the hand of an old grandfather to comfort him. If you really feel joy in helping old people and in helping people of your parents’ age, then when you are firmly holding their hands and you meet a handsome young man, he will already respect you. Without holding his hand you have won him already.

To make it more extreme, the white sisters should hold the hands of black grandparents. Then when Satan tries to hook you, your body is as slippery as an eel and you elude him. When you are totally immune to satanic elements, God allows you to go anywhere in the world, with complete freedom. Am I an exception to this? There is no exception to this rule.

Many people think I am a millionaire, and now they are saying I am billionaire. But on the contrary, I am penniless. Nothing belongs to me; there is nothing I can personally claim. I don’t really know what a personal checkbook or savings account looks like. For you, I wore a decent suit today, but only for official occasions do I pay attention to what I wear. I don’t feel that I must always be dignified in my dress.

I can be arrogant and tough-minded, but only with Satan. When I meet people, I never ask if they can help me. Instead I always check how I can help them. I am determined to help you; I can help you in the most fundamental thing-your life. Do you believe that? I can help you with true love. Why should I worry about your blessing? I could easily tell you to find love on your own, but I am concerned with your life and love; that is the most supreme help I could give. If some people are having difficulty with their fiancés, they may think that I misjudged in choosing their mate. But you see only the horizontal element; I see the entire vertical element of your family tree and your ancestors. You don’t know that person yet, so you haven’t experienced the true value of your fiancé.

A poplar should marry a poplar, and a pine should marry a pine. If you put a poplar and pine together, however, you have disaster. A pine tree is green for all four seasons, while a poplar should shed its leaves in the fall. Can a poplar go against nature and insist on keeping its leaves all year? In the same way, I see your vertical nature. I may not give you a handsome husband, or a person with whom life is easy, but I give the gift of true love.

The Bible teachings are full of dilemmas for us. Jesus said that the person who would lose his life for Jesus’ sake would live; it seems contradictory. But the Bible teachings are meant to make you immune to Satan’s hooks. You think you are independent people. but I see many wires and hooks attached to you. Are they all heavenly hooks?

Our job is to declare a war of the self, and the outcome all depends on you. In leading a public life for the dispensation, I set forth a cardinal credo-before desiring dominion of the universe, let me gain dominion over myself. I declared war on myself: against misuse of love, against material greediness, and against arrogance. This is how I conquered myself.

When you Westerners look at me through your blue eyes, how do you see me? Am I strange and foreign, or am I dynamic and handsome? I never decided about myself, but in my life I have received many proposals from outstanding women of the world! I have experienced many odd events. Some women wrote me letters of love with their own blood. Some women have burst into my room at night to try to win me. Do you think I passed the test?

In my high school and college days I made a conscious effort to look like a beggar, letting my hair become shaggy, and dressing in old clothes from a thrift shop. Instead of dressing nicely for events, I dressed comfortably at home, but wore rags when I went out. I seldom spoke to people outside. That was how I lived when I was young. You could not have figured that out unless I told you this morning.

I went to the Harlems of Japan and Korea, mingling with poor people. I never mixed with the elite. I worked hard at manual labor to pay tuition for people who were my friends. I know the mentality of the satanic world. No one can deceive me.

There was one rich girl who was infatuated with me. She got much money from her parents, and one day she snuck into my room and left that money in my drawer. I took that packet of money back to her, unopened, and told her that she should learn what life should be like, that she couldn’t buy my mind with money. The world doesn’t know what kind of experiences I have passed through in order to come this far.

It is not easy to be recognized by God, to win His acknowledgment that you love Him most. I prayed very much, but never for revenge against my enemies. I prayed for their forgiveness and to know what indemnity I could pay so that my enemy could overcome his sin. This is my way of life. I don’t know whether God loves me or not, but certainly I have prospered in going God’s way. It is amazing to see that followers come to me from all six continents. Do you think that is a sign of God’s love?

I never said that you should follow me. I never forced one person to do that. But what happens is that you feel in your hearts that following me is the right thing to do. You have no idea how important and fearful it is that you are sitting here today. To enable you to sit here today, God and historical people ha paid with much sacrifice and pain.

At the rally on October 22 I declared I would create a minority alliance for civil rights. Do you think that is needed? Do you think I am doing that elevate us and make us wealthy? On the contrary, we will take the road of sacrifice, but out of that sacrifice needy and oppressed people can live.

I am launching this minority alliance in actuality Soon we will have a public announcement. Our movement will be a spearhead in the crusade to he the disregarded people in America. When you real look at your lives, what do you crave? Our purpose to transform the satanic world into heaven, so only for that purpose do we need knowledge, money and power. Then your life can come alive.

Truly I have not lived my life for myself at al What do I get for it in America? Indictment! It’s an enormous joke. Sometimes the expenses of our movement in one day total $8 million, and they accuse me of not declaring $112,000 to the government!

I fear nothing; I will not be threatened. Even if die, my tradition and my goal shall be achieved, an God will march by our side. I am very strict about money spent for my family. Even when Mother wan’ to buy something for the family, I check it careful! beforehand. But I tell her that if she sees any need Church members, she should even borrow money if necessary to get them what they need. As recently a three years ago, Mother had no freedom at all to spend any money. Only recently have I given he freedom. I am abiding by the heavenly tradition in m family to prevent their being caught by Satan.

The base of the heavenly kingdom is erection of the heavenly family. The same laws apply to the family as a unit, for they may also have niches for Satan to hook. Is it easy to prevent that? You might think the if you have children then one hook for Satan could be overlooked. If there is just one hook in one family member, however, the entire family will suffer. Do you have confidence that you can create the heavenly family? The answer is easy, but the deed is difficult.

I could say many things to those who are already blessed. There are many things I could say about the blessed children also. When the parents hear my word, they can evaluate where they are. Can we meet the heavenly standard by following the individualistic American way, with parents going separately their own ways, and children pursuing only their interests? It is incredibly difficult truly to live up to the standard of God’s family. However difficult it is, though, we must pass the test, one way or the other. Do you think my job of leading the entire Church into the Kingdom of Heaven is easy or difficult? But someone has to do it, even if it takes eternity.

Here there are people of all different races and nations and ancestries, and I am trying to mold them according to one heavenly standard. There are so many things dividing us that we have to be glued together with the love of God. On top of that, my job is even more difficult because every time you go out the door you confront temptations from the satanic world, and you are still influenced by your habits from your old way of life. Once you are hooked by habits like marijuana, free sex and disco dancing, it is a painful problem to overcome them. But each person is still an individual truth body, and you can’t just be melted down into nothing and then rebuilt from scratch.

Your mouth is your enemy sometimes, multiplying evil through complaint. Morning to night there is complaint going on. Do you still think unification is an easy word? From this point of view I want you to realize how strongly your behavior affects the person next to you; you cannot think that you are isolated individuals. Within our movement we must feel concern for each other. If someone is hurt or sick, you should forget your own meals and sit with him.

Have you ever really thought about caring for your brothers and sisters? We have to think about creating a good atmosphere in which only healthy things grow, where ungodly things cannot survive. When you consider all these things, you realize that the job I have undertaken is not easy.

Do you miss me when I am away for many months? My teaching to you today is that as much as you miss me and Mother, you should miss each other, caring for and loving each other. Why? Because we want to enter the Kingdom of Heaven collectively. When the Jews came out of Egypt, instead of complaining about what Moses did they should have been concerned about each other, and then they would not have been destroyed in the wilderness. The same is true today.

God sees you as His hand-picked champions whom He has pulled together to create the Kingdom of Heaven on earth. What an overwhelming task that is for Him! Even when you go to spirit world, it is difficult to forget your first love experiences. Therefore, God is sending His representative to earth so that everyone can remake themselves in love by loving the Messiah so deeply that all their past experiences can be melted away. By loving the man sent by God more than you love anything else, you shall be liberated from the iniquities of your past. God must be able to recognize that you have met His central figure and loved him so fervently that you forget everything else. Then your past can be cleaned as white as snow.

Can you be proud before God if you bring your husband or wife along with you to heaven in spirit world? Or would you say instead that your whole life together on earth was centered on loving God, and that you both love your spouse in order to love God more? That will bring great joy to God. Even when you love your husband or wife, it is for the sake of God. But if you love your spouse with the attitude that you can get more goodies from God, that is no good.

Is it easy to be God? God is almighty, but even after His efforts for thousands of years the world has remained sinful. In order to achieve His goal, God gives you the rule that you should love your brothers and sisters as much as Him. Each of you should be God to each other; treat each other as you treat God.

If you live in that tradition and thousands of you come forward to God, He will embrace you as His true children. Your level of heartistic achievement in spirit world will be determined by such intensity of love. There have been many people in history who said they loved God, but they mistreated and hated their own brothers. Now God really wants us to love each other and come forward to Him together.

Did you pray that I would come to America? Or did you pray that I would achieve my goal and then come, bringing the whole world with me? Would America welcome my bringing people of all races back to this country? In that case your portion of food would have to be shared by many other people; do you still agree? Maybe you would have to share your room with ten people, or take turns wearing your clothes. If you would welcome that, then you are crazy! There is no one in the world who would welcome that.

Who would cook for everyone and serve the food and wash the dishes? You would be the hosts; maybe once or twice you would joyfully do these things, but after one year wouldn’t you want all those people to go away? Americans are very pragmatic and they always calculate the benefits of some action, right? Bringing America into the Kingdom of Heaven is the most difficult task.

Be honest and confess whether you are happy you met me! If you say you are truly happy to meet me, then you are greater than I am. Sometimes I regret meeting God; it has been like grabbing a tiger by the tail. I never let go, but sometimes I wish I hadn’t met God! There is no way I could let go, so I am just hanging on to the end. In hanging on there is not even time to let go with one hand to clean yourself when you go to the bathroom!

Today is Historical Children’s Day. What does that mean? God cannot erect His Kingdom alone. God needs a champion, an assistant to act as mediator. Should God’s children or His servant be the mediator? Would He prefer being served by a servant, or by His children? There must a unified effort from four directions of north, east, south and west, and we shall be the unifying factor. So far it has been the unification tradition to follow an Abel figure, but how much did we really give the same kind of fidelity to our brothers and sisters?

I tell you that running after Dr. Durst will not lead you to the Kingdom of Heaven. The important thing is that you must unite among yourselves centered on him, and then you will enter. Divine Principle says that Cain and Abel must unite before any restoration takes place. If the central figure only wants you to unite around him instead of with each other, he is a false central figure.

In the Sermon on the Mount there is an important phrase-the peacemakers shall be called the sons and daughters of God. The Bible didn’t say that only those who obey commands will enter heaven. With how many people have you made harmony? Loving each other means loving the world because here in Unification Church we have a small world; what you are doing here is actually being done on the world level.

Those who can harmonize with other people will rise higher and higher, and ultimately become great leaders. If a blessed couple only worries about their own family, they’re in the wrong. They should worry about others before they worry about themselves. They should give themselves to the brothers and sisters first; those true blessed couples shall be admitted to heaven.

The Cain-Abel theory in Unification Church is very strong, and sometimes I worry that it is understood incorrectly. Leaders who are given responsibility sometimes have the mistaken idea that they have sole authority, but I tell you that Abel is only Abel when he saves Cain. Divine Principle teaches that you must love and embrace Cain, and then bring him to the mother. If you sometimes don’t get along with your leader but you take care of brothers and sisters, that leader will still look for you because without you he cannot be successful.

This is why the Bible says that when two or more gather to pray then God will be in their midst. Your prayer is not powerful when you pray singly; but only when you pray together. Brothers and sisters must truly unite so they can share life together. Today I am declaring a new beginning: the leader-centered movement is over, and the member-centered movement is going to begin. Why should it be like that? If the head of the family thinks only about himself, the family is unhappy. Only if he worries about the whole family can they be successful and happy together.

The Unification Church is one family. I am concerned and worried about each one of you, and you should be concerned with each other as brothers and sisters, and together come to parents. What we need now is an environmental Kingdom of Heaven. If you only move in one direction, that is no good. You must move in 360 degrees, in all directions.

My teaching today is this: as much as you love God and True Parents, you should love the world and unite with it. Don’t shy away from adverse conditions, or from smelly or ugly brothers and sisters. They are the ones who need you. Willingly participate in the dirty places and make them fragrant. Don’t run away from problems, but face them and conquer them. God feels greater joy when He sees that you love each other more than you love Him. Parents want to see their children loving each other more than they love their parents. The 36 couples are the elders of our Church, and this rule applies to them as well unless they love the true children and the members more than their own families, they are the enemies of our movement.

Our ultimate goal is Canaan. While we are marching toward Canaan, our supreme duty is to follow orders, but once we enter Canaan we don’t live by commands but by love. This is that time. We are arriving now, and we must live in a God-like way. The second three seven-year courses have been announced. In the first 21 years we marched toward Canaan, and in these 21 years we shall live by love.

I am teaching you that you should love one another as much you love God and True Parents. Then the dwelling of God is with you, and Mother and I shall be with you. Because this day marks the beginning of that new era, I called this the Historical Children’s Day. Those who have not been blessed should make unity with each other first.

There are four directions and four seasons, with three months in each season. When you arrive at heaven in spirit world you will see twelve pearl gates. Your relationship with your leader is important, but it is more important to unite with twelve types of people on earth. Even Jesus practiced this way of life by serving his twelve apostles. Rebellion occurred, however, and they sold Jesus. The most sacred act Jesus performed was washing his disciples’ feet and saying that he did not come to be served but to serve. That was the supreme expression of love. By doing so he became the central figure around which twelve people joined. When people are linked in unity they cannot be separated.

There are three categories of people: married people, engaged people-or people living together without having had a formal ceremony-and virgin men and women. These three have providential meaning. Married people represent Adam’s family, where husband and wife joined out of their own will. Engaged people represent Jesus, who came to look for his bride, but could not achieve that goal. The virgin men and women represent the Second Advent, in which they are matched by heaven. The entire world is a mixture of these kinds of people.

Twelve of each of these types were chosen for representation in the 36 couples; that’s why this number of couples was chosen to be the ancestors of mankind. not twelve couples. Their mandate is to unite all 36 types of people. If the 36 can be united, it represents harmonizing all three levels of twelve personalities, thus bringing everyone into the Kingdom of Heaven. I have been serving those couples, those tough individuals-matching them, providing them with homes, sending them to travel. When they come to America, Mother and I shop for them, getting clothes and furniture.

Some people think the 36 couples are masters of the Unification Church, seeing that I shop for them and listen to them, but that is wrong! I have been setting the example of the servant. If I gave the order, they would immediately go to the jungles of Africa. After you serve twelve types of people and 36 couples, serving one God and one set of True Parents is an easy task!

The heavenly dispensation is like a relay game, with each person carrying the baton in turn, back and forth, down through the 36 couples. Some people think that they don’t even want to look at the 36 couples, who are all Korean. But I am telling you that you need them. Without them there is no foundation, no backbone for Unification Church. The backbone carries the central nervous system, so it is linked to every tissue. Jesus wanted to consummate his service to twelve people, but three of them betrayed him.

Spring, summer, autumn and winter make one grand circle, and when you complete one dispensational circuit, you start in the opposite direction. Through the fall of man, however, the same circle was continued.

Would you want to be eligible to go through only one gate to heaven, or through all twelve? If you can only enter one gate, you can only move back and forth in one direction. But if you can enter all twelve gates then you have total freedom of movement.

You get the pass to enter all twelve gates by serving 36 people. Then you can enter both heaven and hell. Would you want to be limited in spirit world as though you were in a prison cell or do you want total freedom ? Look at each person as one gate. A soft person is the spring gate; a tough person is a winter gate. There are twelve different styles. Look at each person as another gate to God, and think that you will melt his heart and win him.

Black and white are like north and south; there is no center. When there is a center everything can come alive, but there has been no center so far. My mandate to you is to unite among yourselves. Where you can do that, the dwelling of God shall be with you. Can you do it?

During the exodus it is a virtue to focus on following the leader, but when you enter Canaan you live by the give and take with brothers and sisters. From today on our membership around the world shall perfect that way of life. Even if I am not here, it should not matter. You already know the secret of going to heaven-loving each other. At night you should think that you are a parent to someone; pick someone to care about the next day, and the following day pick another person. It doesn’t matter whether he is younger or older. The cardinal rule is to forget yourself.

You will turn the three satanic elements into heavenly elements. You will give sacrificial love and talk about “our position,” not “my position.” Satan is arrogant, but you will go the lowest place to lift the people up. Satan is throwing all kinds of hooks around you, but when Satan tries to pull them in, nothing should move. Then he will cast his hooks again, but when nothing ever moves he will say good-bye to you forever.

Have a love competition among yourselves. It doesn’t matter whom Mother or I love most, but who is the king of loving brothers and sisters. Who loves me? I know your love is real, so now pledge to me that you will love your brothers and sisters more than you love me. That will please me more than your love for me.

Who says that they can only love me and love God? That is baloney; there is no substance to that love. Who says that they know the truth, and from now on they shall open the Kingdom of Heaven on earth? Amen!

## THE THINGS WE WANT TO BE PROUD OF

By Fami1yfed June 20, 2018 June 20, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1981

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### October 25, 1981
Belvedere
Translator – Sang Kil Han

#### Copyright © 1981 by Holy Spirit Association for the Unification of World Christianity

Everyone has a name, and everyone wants to be proud of his name. Each person also wants to be proud of all the parts of his body-his limbs, his eyes, and all his faculties. Someone who doesn’t think he is attractive wants to find something which he thinks will make him more attractive. A woman might wear accessories, like earrings, rings, necklaces, for instance, to make herself look more beautiful.

People want to extend their sense of pride to include their parents, wanting to be proud of the way they look and behave. They count their merits by the ways in which they are good or not so good. They also want to be proud of their brothers and sisters and other relatives.

After that, we want to be proud of the things we own, such as our home or automobile. We also want to be proud of our country. Most people stop right there at the level of the country; they don’t know how to think beyond that level. Today many people feel they cannot think about anything other than themselves, not even their parents, and certainly not their country. But if the world is one, then that world should be their country. In that case, Americans would not only be proud of Niagara Falls, but would also take pride in the great falls in South America and Africa, which are even grander than Niagara. Americans could be proud of the Himalayas, as well as the Rocky Mountains.

The greater a person is, the longer is the list of things in which he takes pride. A person of narrow vision cannot see far away, no matter how much he may want to. Naturally he will have to find a source of pride close at hand. But when a person has broad vision, he can look out to far distances and can have more things to be proud of.

What kind of people can we be proud of in history? No matter how great or how unimportant people may be, the basic pattern of life is about the same for everyone: we eat three meals a day, we sleep so many hours, we get married and have children. Great or small, people all live according to these same basic patterns. Then how do we decide who is the great person and who is the lesser person?

Comparing a person who lives for his country with a person who lives for the world, which can we say is the greater person? Even though we do the same work side by side with each other, if one person is thinking about a larger purpose then he is certainly greater than the others.

People can be proud of things higher and greater, or wider and deeper than themselves. People talk about the Rocky Mountains as the highest part of America, and of Death Valley as the lowest point. Someone who hasn’t been there might imagine that it is some extraordinarily deep gorge, but it is not very impressive when you actually see it. This is one example of how people want to be proud of something which is high and deep, or wide and great, something which lasts a long time.

What is it that you would like to have pride in as Americans? Perhaps you are proud that America is such a big country, but bigness has very little value when you realize that here many people are fighting each other. Families fight amongst themselves, communities are divided according to income, and black and white people don’t trust each other. When you find these things, then the size of the country really doesn’t matter. What kind of people are living in America, then-big people or small people? Are the majority of Americans only concerned with trifling things?

Before you speak of any person as being great, you have to think about the meaning of greatness. Of all the people throughout history, we can speak of only four greatest saints, Jesus, Mohammed, Confucius, and Buddha. Did they have big, fancy houses and lots of possessions? No, all of them were persecuted and despised in their own time. Jesus said, “Foxes have holes, and birds of the air have their nests, but the son of man has nowhere to lay his head.” Is that characteristic of a great man? During his time Confucius was like a “nameless dog” as he put it, the way people pushed him around. He didn’t have a regular job, but chose to beg for his food and to travel, teaching and learning. Buddha was born into a palace as a great prince, but he gave up all that and embraced hardship instead. He went to the mountains to pray and discover spiritual truth. No one really wants to live a difficult life, but these four men chose such a life, and today everyone considers them great.

Does the definition of greatness change according to the times? Is it guaranteed that the criterion for greatness will never change simply because Americans vouch for it? Who is the central figure, the master of America? If it were God, would America be as it is today? It must be someone other than God! Maybe you say that the media is the master of America, but does anyone want to live for the sake of the media? Is money the master? Even the almighty dollar goes up and down in value. Do you want a master which changes morning and evening?

It would be good if the master of America was its tradition of great thinking, and everyone who wanted to live according to that great thought or vision would be the central figures of this country. When I ask who should be the central figure of America, I will agree with you if you reply that it should be someone who lives according to the great thought of America, and who wants to broaden it to include living for the world. When we ask the same question of the world, people will perhaps answer in the same way, regardless of whether they are good or bad.

Would you answer my question by replying that you can’t speak for the world because you are not that big? Perhaps all you care about is your husband or wife and your family. Are you like a woman whose vision is so small that she nags her husband if he merely steps outside her boundary? When I see women in New York walking their dogs on the streets, I wonder why they love their dogs so much. I have concluded it is because the dogs listen to them! Some of them have dogs so big that they could pull the women along behind; would they love their dogs so much if they didn’t obey them? I doubt it.

Typically a man wants to ride a horse that can jump high and run fast, but a woman wants a dog who will follow her around. Mother also worries when one of the children wants to ride a motorcycle or a horse, or shoot a gun, worrying that he will get hurt. But I feel they should do those things if they want to. If you have to arrest a gangster, you must be able to ride a motorcycle to catch him. It’s not worth the risk if you are just going to show off, but if you are working for the country or the world, you can’t avoid doing those things. Do you women want husbands who tremble at the sound of a motorcycle, or who will jump on and take off? It’s great to do those things for the sake of the world, but not for oneself.

Everyone could agree that a great man is the one with a thought and vision so big that it is admired by all the best minds. The person who embodies the greatness of all the saints would be the greatest person of all. If such a person appears, not only philosophers but also scientists and laborers and miners would be proud of him. Would you travel a great distance to find and follow him, even leaving your country and family behind? Even if your husband or wife threatened you with a gun for leaving? What if your parents and teachers also criticized you for doing that? Even though Americans are often bad, at least you have a spirit that directs you toward greatness.

Come to think of it, everywhere I have been in the world when I saw people walking in a funny way, they always turned out to be Americans! Usually they also looked disorderly in appearance. The fact that you laugh at hearing this shows you agree with me! A Japanese would rather die than behave that way. In that respect Americans are great-as long as they have confidence in what they are doing, they don’t mind what other people think. But unfortunately, not everyone who dresses and walks in a funny way is great. The key point is for whom we are doing something. Even if he is wrong, if a person is confident that he is working for the sake of the world then there is hope that he will be a great person.

If people fall in love everywhere they go, living loosely, can we call them great Americans? If Americans went around the world teaching others to live for themselves, we could not approve. Americans revolt against taking good advice that they don’t like; instead they say, “I have my own way. You can do what you like.” Such people don’t want to find the right way, but only want to go their own way.

When I came to America I was asked, “Why don’t you do things the American way?” The only reason we don’t smoke or drink or go to disco dances is that we know it won’t help America. The American way is easier than the way we are taking; we deliberately chose a different way because we knew that the other road only led to decline. As soon as Americans see some benefit in going a different way, they won’t mind getting their long hair cut, for instance. In itself that is a small thing, but it could be enough of a change to show there is hope for America. Young people of the world will also follow if they see hope there, and then cutting one’s hair will have great meaning.

People have accused me of sending good young people out fund raising for my own gain, but the truth is exactly the opposite. I have not received benefit from America; America has received benefit from me. How long will it take Americans to realize this simple fact? I only endure persecution because I know that teaching you these things is the way you will be elevated and give benefit to the world. We have broader thinking and higher ideals than other people, and we will endure, determined to do this for the rest of our lives. Here we find the elements of greatness.

One of my children was delighted when he found the word “Moonie” in the dictionary; it said that Moonies are followers of Reverend Moon. How many of you have regretted being a Moonie from time to time? Let’s get everything out in the open! Don’t just hold your hands up a little, but thrust them up high! Maybe the consciences of those people who didn’t raise their hands are not clear. Even I have to raise my hand! Sometimes I have wished I wasn’t a Moonie. The only reason I never thought about leaving the Unification Church is that I knew without me the world could not find the right way. It is normal to find a hard life regrettable, but I think seriously about the world and spirit world. On the other hand, you care more about yourself and your family than about the world and God. I could have refused to come back to America to face this indictment, but that would have meant forsaking America, and thus the entire free world. I couldn’t turn my back on the center of God’s providence, through which He wants to lead all mankind. Instead, I have to fight this case and win and show people the right way. That is why I came back. Later on people will understand what I did and say I was great for acting this way.

Americans feel that this country is the greatest, but I disagree; the world is greater and more righteous. Some members resist going to our Unification Seminary, feeling that they don’t want to study theories for two or three years. But if during those years they realize that they must work for the world and not just America, then that is good enough reason to go. Too often, Americans only want to do something they are good at, which can bring tangible results for themselves and their family; they see no reason to worry about the world. After graduating from the seminary and knowing the reasons why you should work for the sake of the world, you can return and do the things you wanted to do, but with an entirely new purpose. The same actions in life can be great or not great, depending upon the person’s motivation. No one likes to fight, including me, but if fighting communism is necessary for the sake of the world, we must do it. In the beginning people will not understand and will criticize, but when they understand they will deeply thank us.

I always followed this ideal, regardless of what people thought of me. I only cared about what was right and great. I don’t think of myself as a great man, but everywhere I go there are cameras clicking and people asking for my comments. Even when I was changing planes in Tokyo a CBS camera crew was there, insisting I make a statement. Why do people care so much about what I do? It is one thing to have a great thought and ideal but people can’t believe that someone can really carry it out.

How many of you American members would have gone to jail at some time if you had not joined Unification Church? I think hundreds, even thousands of you would have!

Now America must truly answer the question, “Who is that Reverend Moon?” You especially must know more precisely who I am. The words “Unification Church” are great words. Out of thousands of churches, there is only one Unification Church. I urge you never to be ashamed of that name. I pledged to ensure that this name was never a shameful one, so I was always on the front line, out in front of everyone else.

I created CARP and ocean church, developing the pattern and theory of fighting communism. I have created an industrial foundation from scratch. All by myself I made the plan for leading the world to God in every area. Many people have been treated unjustly by the New York Times, but I am the first one to organize a newspaper to outdo that famous publication. Do I get a salary for doing all these things? I forego any salary and work instead for the world, 24 hours a day.

Scholars around the world have their own ways, but I am showing them the need for unified effort. Theologians study one God but can do nothing to unite the hundreds of religious factions, while I am spending much money to gather them together in harmony. Would members of other churches ever imagine spending their own money on such things? The amazing thing is that even when we were being criticized the most, scholarly people still came to hear Divine Principle lectures.

Who is in the more difficult situation-I who am working for the world, or the leader who is working for the nation? Then why is it that the leader comes to me for help, instead of my going to him for help? We have to save everything in all directions. No one is self-sufficient now; everyone needs my help at this time.

Why does a religious leader have to worry about economic things and affairs of scholars? It is not for my sake or for the Unification Church. It is only for the sake of the world, to leave a tradition for coming generations. Can you be proud of what I am doing, whether or not people understand?

Am I a champion in catching tuna? I could give a seminar on the best way to catch tuna, and many people would come, since I have standardized a method and set the record. The Department of Fisheries has stated that Americans must find better ways of catching fish, but it will take them four or five more years to discover the method I have found. Our ship-building yard was persecuted, but now the government depends on us for enlarging the ship-building industry, and wants to use the boats I designed for off-shore patrolling.

You may think you can be proud of me, historically speaking, but I don’t think that way. If I felt proud of myself then I would walk arrogantly and boast, but instead I don’t even know when it is time to go to bed or to eat. Mother is always trying to educate me to think about my health and my age. When she calls me to lunch, however, I deliberately spend ten more minutes at what I am doing, and when she calls again I deliberately sneak away to do something else. When she asks me to come to eat on time, I tell her, “Yes, yes,” but I never keep that promise, and my conscience never bothers me!

Of course I have to take care of myself, but there is no such thing as doing too much for others. Women of the fallen world would never like that kind of husband, would they? Should the husband follow that kind of wife, or be the leader in his family? Which husband is greater-the one who always listens to his wife, or the one who goes God’s way? At some time the women have to learn how to give themselves up. American Unification Church women must be different from ordinary women, but still have all the charms of women. It might be difficult, but our wives eventually go along with their independent-minded husbands, while ordinary American women get a divorce and go off on their own. I don’t want to see our men shedding tears and begging their wives to stay with them.

Why do I bring up this topic? I have observed you since the matching, and you constantly wonder when the Blessing will take place. Is it the right attitude for proud Unification Church members to constantly be thinking of marriage and family when there is still so much to be done? What will you be proud of in the future? What about having pride in not being able to get together even six or seven years after being engaged, and working hard in the meantime? When people see you come together and then go your separate ways, not knowing when you will see each other again, they will be astounded. In the secular world people kiss and act intimate in public, but you just shake hands and go your way, with no appointment to meet again. You don’t doubt each other and worry about who your mate will meet.

Are you women confident to educate and raise your men to be great? Through Divine Principle the Unification Church is making that kind of dream husband for you. If for one moment you feel that you like your fiancée but you don’t like the Divine Principle or our Unification Church life, then what kind of thief are you? You are trying to take something which does not belong to you. Now do you realize that such thinking is wrong?

You must realize the greatness of what you are doing. Imagine that God wants to give prizes to the exemplary husbands and wives in the world, from number one to one thousand. How many prizes will go to the Unification Church members? Not one couple outside Unification Church will qualify. You must realize how great this life is. All through history, no one could lift the heavy burdens of restoration, but now you are following me and together we are lifting them up.

One day recently in Korea I was inspired to hear about a certain man of important position. Ten years ago he came to the church and heard me talking about my plans for working in the world, never dwelling on all the problems I faced in Korea. He thought then that I was impractical, that my ideal was too high, but after ten years everything I said is proving to be true; and now he sees that he too should have been thinking that way. He sees that in only ten years I have moved quite high up, and my work will be everlasting.

Why don’t I take life easy now that I have an economic foundation and public recognition, instead of working even harder than when I was young? I don’t want to be proud of myself or admired by Americans or Japanese, or even the world. I want history to be proud of me as it moves toward God’s goal. History changes and develops, but follows a certain goal, so if I am doing something which history will be proud of then I will persevere. No matter how much white people recognize a white person, if colored people do not admire him then that person is not great enough yet. Whatever color a person is, he is great only if people of all races can be proud of him. What the Unification Church is doing is a source of pride for all mankind.

Each race will rise and fall in history, but I want to be the one person everyone can admire even as they go through profound changes. Whatever belongs to such a person will eventually be kept in a museum and will inspire people. Each part of the world will compete to have something that belonged to him. Do you have some small thing which could be displayed in that museum? Each of you will want to have at least one such thing which will be worthy of display.

What will your descendants feel as they look at your letter, or photo, or whatever you have there? Naturally they will come first to your portrait before they go to see paintings by famous artists. Am I too ambitious to feel this way? I am desperate to find even one small thing in you which you can leave behind. Maybe you feel I am your enemy for pushing you for this reason. However, we need something like that to leave for the education of future generations.

I have told you many times that the best teacher is the one with a strict standard which he never relaxes. Even when you do well I will never praise you, but will just push you to do more. In order to win the first prize here you have to compete with 200 million Americans; that is not easy. In just a few years you have to win the victory. You have to have a strategy to win over everyone at one time. There’s no such thing as suffering more than necessary in order to win the first prize.

God should be proud of you, on behalf of the entire spirit world. But before God can approve, everyone on earth should agree about you. What is it that history, all mankind and God can be proud of in you? It can only be your thoughts, your deeds in life and your true love. What is true love? For true love we first have to go beyond our personal and family level and think about the nation and world. Of course, one must love his own wife and children, but he must be able to go beyond that love when he thinks of his country and the world. Seminary graduates, raise your hands. If you want to live whatever lifestyle you choose and if you don’t want the Church to have much to say about your family life, is that true love? If you want to even go beyond the standard of the church for the sake of the world, that is true love. This formula applies to everyone, on every level.

According to this standard, am I a true leader or not? I am ready to dedicate our church for the sake of America; such a person has to be a true leader. The president can be a true president of America if he is willing to sacrifice America for the sake of the world. The true president of the world would be willing to dedicate everyone on earth for the sake of the billions and billions of people in spirit world. The person who wants to free God from all His fetters will receive God’s true inheritance. That is my concept in all things.

I practice this in my own family life, even though I know it is difficult for Mother and the children. It is not easy for my wife and children to keep pace with me; each has to try hard in his own way. But the primary principle is that the parent should do this first, before expecting it of the rest of the family. That requires being ruthless with oneself before others. This standard applies even to God, so as long as you maintain it yourself you don’t have to worry.

Whether your spouse is handsome or beautiful is not the question; the criterion is what standard he meets, not some romantic feeling. Even after marriage, the husband must first love his wife as a daughter and younger sister and mother, and then after those stages as his wife. That is the natural sequence of growth in an individual. A woman is first a baby daughter, then a younger sister, then she grows up to become a mother. She is a small branch of True Mother, so she must receive respect accordingly. Only then is she ready to be taken as a wife. The relationship cannot be forced in any other direction. First the man must cherish her as everything other than his own wife.

Do you brides-to-be feel this way? Do you have confidence and trust in your fiancées as in your own elder brothers and fathers? Do you men have such a heart toward your fiancées? Or do you only think of them as your wives in a physical way? This is how animals behave, having no sentiment or feeling. Are you more idealistic or animalistic? Until you meet this criterion, you cannot feel worthy of kissing or embracing your mate. You know in yourself which standard you meet. When you consider this standard, your conscience will make you bow your head. The same standard applies to women. Can you women think of your fiancées as your husbands before thinking of them as your younger brothers, sons and fathers? You must love and protect your spouse with your whole life. Knowing that your mate is the result of hard work and suffering, you can embrace him or her. He or she is the fruit of a great thought and effort, of sacrificial life. With that heart you can go even to the throne of God and no one can challenge you.

Realistically speaking, this is how we go to heaven, sacrificing our individual and family life for the higher goal. History and mankind and God are proud of Unification Church for teaching this, and only eternal love remains after that. Then everything necessary is accomplished. All of you must determine to reach that goal. Do you realize that the place you are sitting now, early on this Sunday morning, is where you will want to come and sit for two or three days in the future, shedding tears here?

I know that many Americans will visit the building where my trial is to be held and shed tears. When I went to the courtroom I had that kind of thinking. I want to do something for you and not be indebted to you; I want you to be in a much better place since joining Unification Church than before. Therefore, I am always thinking I must do more for Americans.

Do you like home church? Do you want to do it alone, or together? Can two become great at the same time? There is only one greatest person, not two, so should you go alone or together? You know it is difficult to become the greatest. Is it greater to work for the world, or for the nation? Would you then choose to work in America, or in another country? Would you go to a desert or to the jungle? Would you rather go to the part of Africa where white people are persecuted or where they are welcomed?

How much training do you need here to meet that challenge? You know what I will say to you even before you come; I keep telling you to suffer more and work harder, even if you feel it is impossible. Should you ignore or welcome that kind of teacher, even if it is painful? You feel like you are dying now, don’t you?

I am always pondering what I can leave behind in your minds, so that you can make new resolution. I want you to be convinced that you will not stop even if the world opposes you, knowing that someone will take over afterward. That’s the only thing we have to be proud of. I do not intend to give up, and you do not intend to give up, so we can be close. Everyone has his own cross to bear, which he cannot ask anyone else to take up. You have to solve that situation yourself and then help other people. Because of this thinking and way of life, everyone can be proud of Reverend Moon, and proud of you for resembling me. If you keep going in this direction, Americans will have to follow eventually, for it is the only way to survive and bring liberation to God.

God bless you.

## CORE LOVE AND INDEMNITY

By Fami1yfed June 20, 2018 June 20, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1981

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### October 22, 1981
World Mission Center
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

#### Copyright © 1981 by Holy Spirit Association for the Unification of World Christianity

As you know, I have successfully completed three seven-year courses, and in 1981 I declared the beginning of the second three seven-year courses. Here in Unification Church we have many new terms, such as indemnity, seven-year course, and man’s 5 per cent responsibility. Where did this new terminology come from and what is its foundation? First of all, it is universal terminology, not limited to one nation or area, and it applies universally, timelessly. Furthermore, these words will not be spoken by just one group of people, but by people of all ages throughout history. In other words, we are talking about the path everyone must walk, without exception. These words were born in Unification Church, but they belong to all people. Even though I proclaimed these words, they don’t belong only to me.

“Restoration by indemnity” has a profound meaning. We have about 2,000 people gathered here. When all of us talk about indemnity, do we all have the same thing in mind? It is easy to say that we mean the same thing, but each of you was born for your own special kind of indemnity, and so everyone interprets indemnity according to his own unique circumstance. The various races and professions, for example, understand indemnity differently.

The problem is whether there are many people who can truly digest and fully understand the word indemnity. No one wants to pay indemnity, which means that everyone does his best to avoid it. The fact that you laugh at this remark shows you identify with it! Shall indemnity remain forever as one concrete, eternal standard? No. Historically everyone’s indemnity has been floating around somewhere, but now it is settled on earth, and we know what has to be done. Everyone cheered when I arrived, but as soon as we talk about indemnity we have to become serious!

Sometimes indemnity seems bearable, but sometimes it seems insurmountable. There are many fluctuations in our feeling about it. Do you think there is one standard format to follow in indemnity? Do you want to know what the criterion is? Once you know what it is, you can’t make excuses, so do you still want to know?

Let’s ask another question. Why hasn’t the will of God been completely fulfilled? It is because no one has established a clear format for indemnity. Imagine that you are accustomed to eating bread and butter, and indemnity took the form of eating kochee chong and kimchee. We all have a different cultural background, so do you think we can find one form of indemnity that will be welcomed by everyone around the world? It wouldn’t be easy to do.

One nation might set a standard of indemnity in the form of walking straight, while others would want to walk in other ways. In the same way, sometimes members feel that because I am Korean I am forcing them into some Oriental or Korean way, and they feel they shouldn’t have to go that way. Westerners and Orientals sleep different ways, wear different clothes, and use different utensils, so how can they follow the same formula? This is not an easy problem.

You have sky blue eyes, while mine are brown, but it is hard to see my eyes because they are so narrow. How can we follow the same formula? What should be the foundation of it? You say the foundation should be True Parents, but what are they all about?

True Parents have their own indemnity to pay and you have you own indemnity. We cannot set the formula according to skin color, or eye color, or any physical thing. The indemnity formula should be broad enough to include everything, but at the same time we should be able to narrow it down to one precise point. Do you think you can find something like that?

Apart from this physical body everyone also has a mind. Have you seen your mind? Then how do you know you have one? What is the rail along which indemnity should run? What is the most precious thing for men? First love, and then what? The two most essential things are love and life. Should love be in love with life, or should life be in love with love? Which comes first? You seem to be evenly divided about this.

When we examine all these matters, we conclude that the universal rail of indemnity cannot be based on external appearance, but only on something no one can escape. Should it be based on love or life? Is God in subject position because of love or life? Another point is that love cannot make any sense until there is a relationship between subject and object, so how can we link these two things’?

Did Adam and Eve have life before the fall? When was love meant to emerge, then? What is the essential qualification to enter the direct dominion of God? Perfection of love brings you into that direct dominion; that means your love has become united with God’s love.

How were you born? You were born through your parents’ love. Did your life start at the moment your parents were loving each other, or prior to that? The cause of your life was present within the bodies of your father and mother; both were needed for life to be sparked. Biologically speaking, that cause of life in the mother lives for three days, so it is very difficult to determine whether love or life comes first. We can universally agree, however, that life emerges when there is love between the two parents. It takes three elements to make one life-the father and mother, and the life essences within them. We can conclude that each life is the extension of the parents’ lives. Love is the motivation for creating new life. Thus, we can say that you participated in the love of your parents.

Why do parents love their children? There is no complicated explanation; they simply see their children as extensions of themselves. We know how we came into being, so how was God initiated, and when? For something new to emerge, interaction is needed. What in this universe can interact eternally, without end? What causes eternal action? In what kind of action can people do anything, whether embracing or kicking each other, and still feel good?

The universe is a love house in which we all participate, and in which everything is accepted, is exciting and joyful. Action and reaction bring harmony. Why? Certain things in the universe repel each other, in which they are saying, “Go elsewhere to find your subject or object.” That is not necessarily destructive; you are merely sending something away which does not belong to you, to find its own mate. Do plus and plus pull or repel each other? How about minus and minus? Men and men, or women and women? But one man and woman pull each other together.

The universe is a big house in which this law has been eternally practiced, with give and take action as well as repelling action. There must be some central powerhouse which plans and operates the universe such that everything can interact joyfully; someone must be concerned with the universal scale, creating a sphere which everyone wants to belong to. If God is omnipotent, He must be able to devise a law in which everything can be harmonized.

What kind of essence must the universal subject have, plus or minus? If He is the plus essence. does He need a plus or minus? If He is the subject then He definitely needs an object to interact with. Where does He look for that object? In the created universe. What creature in the created world could become closest to that subject? Why man? What’s wrong with monkeys? A monkey doesn’t have the capability of understanding the perfection of eternal love; man alone has that capability. Maybe sometimes monkeys look more handsome than some men, but they do not have the equipment to reach God. On the other hand, if you don’t understand the value and perfection of the love of God, you aren’t a human, but belong with the monkeys. Only men can reach that perfection, for they have been given that capability.

If man could reach perfection, but then could separate from God, would God feel lonely? Would men? Once perfection is reached, there shall be no more possibility of separation, even if it is desired. A union of love shall be so intense that the two participants can enter the very valley of life, and can completely melt together for eternity.

When two people come together, they penetrate deep inside each other. Love is the central uniting force pulling everything in the universe to that point. When two lovers meet after a long separation, they come together so tightly that they melt inside each other. Not only do they hug each other, but they want to move around together, faster and faster. They are so united that for eternity there is no chance to be separated.

How can we create the core of life of men and women? Only with the power of love. Once you are captured by this core power, even if you get irritated and stalk out, you have to come back. Even if you say you are leaving to go to school or to shop, you find yourself coming back again. Once two are joined in true love, there is no way for them to be separated, even for eternity. Amen!

Why am I spending so much time and energy explaining this? Because now you can know what is the acceptable standard of indemnity; it should be based on something that is both the first and last choice. Where do we place our standard of indemnity? In core love, in focused love. If you have that focused, core love as your purpose then when you achieve your standard of indemnity your work is completed. Once you meet that standard, you have passed your final examination.

Unless you fight your battle in the core battlefield, the battles that you win are trivial and you still have to fight again. When you fire a gun at a target, you need to hit the bulls eye, not scatter many shots all around. Strictly speaking, you only need one round to hit the bulls eye. We are decided that we want to pay indemnity in order to finish once and for all. Does that sound easy? It is forever very difficult! It is so difficult that never in human history has anyone solved it, or even come close.

The Unification Church is declaring decisive indemnity for the first time in history, so what should be our focus and aim? Core love. This is heartistic, heartfelt indemnity. The element of heart is the ultimate, deciding factor in indemnity. You were excited to see me, but you aren’t excited to hear about indemnity, so maybe you think this is a good place to end the sermon!

What kind of tug-of-war should you win in order to defeat Satan permanently? Core love is the essence of God Himself. You know that Satan cannot pull on God Himself, so even if he tugs at core love, ultimately Satan has to release it. Once Satan is defeated and lets go of the rope, he will fall into a bottomless pit.

We can compare core love to a rubber band which can be stretched. The interesting point is that when the elastic of core love is stretched so far that it breaks, it always snaps back to God’s side. The important thing is how much you can endure, how far you can be stretched. Can you stretch from here to Florida? Can God’s love only cover that distance? How far can it stretch? How many times can it circle the world? Once it is released, it will whip around the world and snap back to its origin.

How elastic are you? If I ask you to go to Germany or Korea, would your love stretch that far? Would you break if you didn’t have good food and nice clothes? The things which are true can go anywhere, even to the farthest, deepest, or dirtiest place. Wherever truth goes, it can recreate the situation. If you are a rubber band which can stretch around the world, how far would you go, just once around, or around so many times that you cover the world? How many times would you have to stretch around a chimney to stop smoke coming out?

Indemnity is not an easy word. The worst enemy of God is indemnity. God is almighty, but throughout history indemnity has given God more pain than anything else because still it is not finished. God is the almighty plus, and all He wants is an almighty minus. For this reason Jesus said that whoever would lose his life for Jesus’ sake would find it. Have you thought of yourselves in that way? Is it acceptable to tell God that you are almost a complete minus, yet ask Him to allow you one little spot of indulgence? That little indulgence creates some distance between you and God.

Your goal is to become an absolute minus without compromise. Every day some force pushes you down to become even more minus, like a nail being driven into wood. When you reach the bottom and can’t be driven down any more, then you are an almighty minus. Is there even one American woman here who can say she is such a minus? Is it easy to find one such woman even out of roughly 110 million women in America? If God cannot find even one minus in America, He has to look elsewhere. American women are already almighty in many ways. They talk almighty! But when we think about the essence of it, this is a serious thing.

I see some national leaders over there; maybe they think they have been in Unification Church a long time and paid enough indemnity. Is there anyone who can truthfully say that? You may think you know Divine Principle and Unification Church, but until you know the depths of indemnity you don’t completely know.

In order to pay indemnity, a plus should go down to the minus. That’s the simple formula of indemnity. You may be a big plus, but when you try to come underneath a minus, every part of you rebels. There’s a lot of pain in doing that, particularly for American women, who are very subjective indeed! You have to get rid of yourself to do that, virtually becoming zero. The Bible says that we must be meek and humble, which means being like water, which can adjust itself to any container.

What is the simplest way to get to the bottom? Through service and sacrifice you get rid of yourself. Some members calculate according to the calendar that they can give three years of service because they expect the blessing to come. Is that real service? If there is a “myself” anywhere in your thinking, there will always be a gap between you and God. What is the easiest way to reach the noble standard? In order to find true love, you must be able unconditionally to give yourself up, to any degree.

How can God know you have reached the standard? Could God believe you if you made an announcement to Him? God always uses Satan as His examiner to test you. To the woman who thinks she is beautiful God will send a distinguished looking man, seeing whether she will detour in his direction. But even if that man touches and kisses her, she should be unmoved, like a rock. That is a sign of her true love. Are you such women? If so then you are perfected and don’t need my sermon any more!

When we see the high standard of restoration of indemnity, we can easily realize that no one has measured up to that law yet. Without knowing the standard, you have lived each day. Why am I spending so much time explaining this? This is the essence of the Divine Principle and Unification Church. No matter how much you cheer me today, until you meet the indemnity law and the standard of love, everything will be in vain. I don’t want to see that happen. For this reason God is giving man ample time, waiting patiently, even though restoration history has been prolonged thousands of years.

Are you individualistic or not? Examine yourself. To what degree are you altruistic? Some people think they can give 30% of themselves to God, but should that kind of person even apply for the indemnity test? Even if you say you live 100% for God, we will never know until you are tested. We want to be people who are above indemnity, who have passed the test.

What is the difference between God and man, who are on either side of the indemnity line? Is God always looking up at the blue sky, or down at humanity? Where are men looking’? God is looking down at the earth 24 hours a day, directing His entire attention toward man; thus, God is not thinking of Himself at all. In the Unification Church there are many motivations; some people join because they want to be blessed, which shows they are focused on themselves. Are they identical to God’? No, God’s entire attention is focused on man, so He has no private thought. If that is God’s standard, He will tell you to forget about yourself and think of your fellow man if you want to become like Him.

The natural conclusion is that we should be like God and live for others, not ourselves. Anyone on earth who teaches this principle must be God’s messenger. Anyone who represents God, and any organization which is true in the sight of God must be practicing this principle. Don’t sweat for your own sake. Sometimes members are disgruntled that their central figure doesn’t recognize how hard they worked. However, God is sweating every day, yet does He complain that no one recognizes Him?

Many people have felt that my standard is so high and absolute that they could never meet it even if they tried their whole life, and so they would rather quit. How many of you have never complained about your road in Unification Church? No one can raise his hand? Now you know how lonely God is in looking for one person He can immediately embrace.

How much do you need the love of God? Even if you chop off one leg to show God how much you want His love, can you receive it then? Actually I am a very serious man. If giving up one eye could guarantee that you could receive the love of God, most people would be willing to turn in one eye. The difference between you and God is that all these years God never thought about Himself. If at least the Almighty plus can have some small seed of an almighty minus, then He can have hope.

Why should we become absolute minuses? For the perfection of God’s love. We conclude that for the person who sets such a goal there is nothing he cannot dare to do, or anything that will make him retreat. Even at hearing that resolve being made, God will instantly be alert to find that person. All these thousands of years God has been tirelessly working for the attainment of core love. If God is not yet tired, then it is our responsibility to show Him that we will go on for our entire lives for the attainment of that love also.

That is an attainable goal, so we have to measure how far we have each come. I tell you one simple fact: as long as your self is strong within you, you have no hope of getting there, for self-centeredness is not God’s quality. Since hearing this sermon you have become new creatures. Your “self” is your own enemy; your whole effort is needed to quell that self. You did not realize that Satan is not in some distant place, but has a sanctuary in your body. Maybe when you go fund raising you want to go in a “civilized” way so you can be accepted. Does it work?

Always true love should be your goal. Whenever your “sell” is master, your whole effort is spoiled. If you practice what I am teaching you today, you will definitely attain perfection of the love of God. You need to breathe air to continue living so that you can attain true love. You need your body so you can attain true love. Once you are grafted to true love, you are a new creature and everything will be perfected at once. Then even if you are just standing still, the entire universe will have fellowship with you in ecstatic joy. Then any activity is a joy. That is what God’s world should be like.

Our motto is to be like God. God’s demand is for you to become an absolute minus, and to do that you have to get rid of yourself. You can’t be proud any more of being a wealthy American in this land of technology. Many people are proud of their position or prestige, but even if you possessed the entire planet, you could not exchange it for the love of God.

True love sets the noblest and highest standard. It solves every problem. Someone might say they have found an easier way to obtain the perfection of love, but I am sorry-there is no easier way. Even when you are asleep you might be jolted awake by this poignant realization. You really have no time for makeup and manicures. You might even forget mealtimes, and not notice the time of day. Have you been that concentrated on finding God’s love?

You are your best tester. You know how much your arms are doing for the sake of God, and what percentage of your talking belongs to God or to yourself. You know what percentage of your vision belongs to God. Life is actually the repetition of several things -coming and going, working and sleeping, eating and playing, sometimes good or bad, sad or happy. You can analyze what proportion of your life is owned by God and by yourself.

The person who puts himself out front is retreating backward. But when you think of the world and mankind then you are stepping forward every day. Where are your eyes focused as you listen to me? What is the difference between me and you? I have brown eyes; some of you have blue eyes, and seeing them is really refreshing for me, like seeing a little lake in the mountains. God must feel the same way.

There are many beautiful white hands here, but mine are thick, like a carpenter’s. God must think those hands and eyes are more attractive than mine. But those things are not central. The real criterion of beauty is to whom those eyes and hands belong.

I am sure you know where you stand. Are you here as a thief trying to steal God’s love, or are you here trying to earn it? What have you been doing so far? You may have very practical advice, and you might hope I will heed your advice instead. Until you heard me today you might have thought I talked about indemnity so that I could push you. Maybe you think you have been working hard enough.

I have been here in America for ten years, and in that time many of you have not heard a compliment from me. Instead, I talked about indemnity and hard work. Why didn’t I give you a holiday in all that time? Inside you might feel I am pushing you too much. But whether you want to hear this or not, I keep saying it. Many people say they can’t handle so much hard work, but the person who simply trusts what I say and decides to go the uncompromising way will feel amazing power coming to him, and he can go forward very quickly.

Without your knowing it, there has been a great distance between me and you. I am a poor father who has been indicted by the American government-do you still like me? I wish you could say yes with the perfection of the love of God.

I never had such a meeting as this when I was in Germany, and many of the members never saw me, even though they often asked for me to meet with them. Why do members want to meet me, wherever I go? Simply because there is a different relationship between me and God. You can’t see it but you know it.

You know the road and goal of indemnity, and how we can be victorious: it is heartfelt restoration, heartlistic restoration. How wonderful it would be if you could just get in a jumbo jet to reach true love. Unfortunately, it is not that simple, and there are eight stages to go through. Have you ever thought about that? We are always talking about the Unification Church tradition. Tradition means the actual fulfillment of the indemnity course. Do you have tradition? Our tradition is to follow God’s method, to receive that tradition and follow it. Then it becomes our own tradition.

The fall of man means departure from the original place. We know from Divine Principle of the indirect and direct dominion of God’s love. The indirect dominion is the growth period, when men and women are growing in purity. During this time your parents pour their love upon you, and you receive love of your brothers and sisters. Adam and Eve received God’s love while they were growing, and they loved each other. The fall was nothing else but departure from God’s love, and men and women became adversaries instead of brother and sister. By falling, they made unity with the enemy. There was no truth in that, for each deceived and took advantage of the other. That is the opposite of God’s nature.

No matter how great American civilization is, individualism in this country only destines people to hell. That is an obvious conclusion. Such people would sell out their own families and nation, thinking that they don’t need other people or their government. They think they can be happier that way, but instead they lose everything. The more individualistic you are, the more you lose. The universal law is such that whoever claims things for himself has no place to stand in the universe and becomes completely isolated.

The American who follows this way of life ends up with an animalistic kind of life, satisfying only his physical desires. Animals don’t talk about eternity; when animals part they never write letters or have farewell banquets. There is no love, but only material instinct in that world. If men go that road, eventually they will be written off by the universe.

Has God been looking for lots of food, free sex, and drugs? God has been looking for something eternal, unchanging and unique. He doesn’t need food, power or money; He only needs true love. Would you be prouder of a giant diamond, or of true love? Once you obtain true love, God will come without formality to you, even in His pajamas, wanting to dwell with you.

God can make anything He thinks He needs, overnight. He can make food so wonderful that you could eat it forever, but God doesn’t need that. God’s love is so sweet that you would eagerly pursue it for eternity. Once you are connected to true love, there is no room for any other desire.

When you have such intense give and take with someone, the two of you become one so completely that you can’t be distinguished from each other. You are inseparable. Even God with His power could not separate you, and He would say it was His destiny to stay with you forever. To obtain that love of God you have to cut yourself off from this world where people take advantage of each other.

Because of the fall, man lives in a realm that God cannot control. In such a world, how can you reach God? We have a wonderful method, however, which can show even an impossible man how to recreate himself and the world. In order to join the Godly realm, you cannot apply any of the assets you acquire in the fallen world, for they won’t work. When you walk back and forth, is it for yourself or others? If truly it is for other, then God will see hope in you. How long have you been doing it for others? The standard is to do it for eternity.

Maybe you are counting the days until you have been in Unification Church a certain number of years, but I am sorry-God doesn’t calculate that way. You want to obtain unchanging love eternally, not for just a few years. True love is unchanging, so you must become unchanging people. Some people shop for a religion, sampling many churches. The only criterion is to reach the place where you can find God’s true love; the truth is there.

If you could get true love simply by living for yourself, then God wouldn’t have had to wait thousands of years for it. For true love to be stable it must be deep down within you, where no one can take it away. The man of true love lives his whole life for that one purpose-walking, eating, sleeping and working for that purpose. Your two hands should work for others, and your mind always be thinking for someone else. If you meet that criterion then, simply speaking, you are a man of God. Then where ever you go, conscientious people will be drawn to you. Wherever you walk, love will be in motion around you, and the Kingdom of Heaven is in that place. Do you really understand?

Have you sisters asked yourselves for whom you so carefully put on your makeup in the morning? Do you say to yourself, “I know men will be attracted to me now”? I am not anti-lipstick; the point is whether you want to be pretty in the sight of the world, or to attract people for God. The key point is your motivation. If you are sleeping so that you can continue to work the next day, then you are not sleeping for yourself.

I have always thought about what God’s worst headache is. Without question, it is the force of worldwide communism, which teaches that matter is the essence of the universe. The next problem is the decline of religion. If God’s forces are being corrupted, I want the burden of restoring them. The entire world is becoming morally degraded, so I want to solve that problem for God. I want to take up the responsibility for all those things.

Recently in Germany 280,000 people gathered in the capitol. I told our several hundred members to march against that rally, and that disrupted the entire demonstration. Our CARP members are marching against the communist demonstrations for the sake of God and humanity. Communists might think they are demonstrating for the sake of Europe, but we are demonstrating for the sake of the entire world. Some people say they are great American patriots, but I tell them that I am doing things for the sake of the entire past, present and future.

I am struggling to protect the love of God so that it can be given to the entire world. In God’s sight that makes me the number one champion. No determination can be stronger than this one, so the others will be pushed out eventually because God is with me. No power under the sun can defeat me. I know that even though God is almighty, by Himself he cannot restore the world. God needs a champion on earth to fulfill His will.

I would be happy to see deprogrammers come and test all of you. Your parents think they are saving their children when they kidnap you for themselves, but if you are here to restore the world, which cause is greater? If you are thinking in that way, could you be deprogrammed? I have been in prison several times, and each time I walked in with dignity, feeling it was the roadway to the Kingdom of Heaven.

Now you know how to defeat Satan. The greater cause always wins out over the trivial cause. Restoration will not come without indemnity. We must clearly learn the tradition of God. Satan is not qualified to be master, even of the fallen world. Even in this world a master must be fair with the servants, but Satan is the enemy of mankind because he is using this world as his slave.

What is the secret to make this enemy surrender? First, love God. It is impossible for Satan to do that. In Satan’s world the pattern is for love to flow down from the top. In following the road of restoration, you have to go opposite the way of the satanic world. Knowing this principle, God goes down low underneath the worst misery of men. Even Satan cannot go that low because he is always self-centered, and such a person can go only so far. But God is unlimited.

If you go lower down than Satan, that extra distance becomes the amount by which you can push yourself up higher. When you pay more indemnity by going deeper, you can go up higher. God is using Unification Church as a tool to give you a tougher indemnity course so you can go up higher. We do that because of Satan, who is so arrogant that he can’t learn the virtue of meekness. When you go down low then Satan cannot follow.

The pattern of my whole life is one of suffering and persecution. The American media felt I wouldn’t last six months, and they tried everything to hinder me, but instead I am soaring up. I could do that because I know how to conquer Satan. Everyone has tried to hit me, but it was my antagonists who were shattered instead.

With this understanding do you want me to compliment you and give you an easy life? Now do you mind being pushed hard? Whenever the Dursts came to Germany to report to me, I gave them only harsh words and maybe they were apprehensive about coming again. But they knew the secret: even though I scolded them, it was their asset and they didn’t mind my harsh words. If you can tell God He can do anything with you, then you are really advancing.

Another couple I have tested is the Ormes. I have purposely treated them harshly. I didn’t want them to feel they were no good any more, but to feel grateful instead. Then they could reach a new level. In Germany I did things the members there didn’t expect. I have such a clear vision for them, and even though they have a different vision, I just go the other way and wait for them. Then when they arrive at that point, they always feel I am ahead of them.

When you live life like that, you truly experience the living God, the powerful, loving God. This indictment is a good example. You know I have done nothing wrong, but I was accused anyway. I was in Korea preparing for the Science Conference when I heard the news. I could have ignored the American court and just focused on the job at hand, but that was not my thinking. Even if I am convicted and sentenced to jail, what matters is the life and death of America- that’s why I returned. I know clearly that what I am doing here is selfless. I am here for God and His providence, and I know the time will come when this nation and government will bow in respect and admiration. That is how Principle works.

Do you want me to push you to work hard, or do you want an easy way? If you really want to go the hard way, do you think this country will prosper or fail? If you really want to take God’s heaviest burden, no principality on earth can stop you. God is the king of kings in the practice of indemnity, which means that God has suffered most. A son of filial piety thinks the way his parents think, and wants to take their burden, not just their joy. An untrustworthy son doesn’t care about his parents’ concerns, but only wants to take advantage of them. In this congregation there are two types of people-loyal and disloyal children. It is easy to say you are loyal, but doing it is not easy. Disloyalty is the easy way out. Patriotism is a hard way of life. Loyalty to God can be categorized in the same way.

Which road did I have to choose? From beginning to end, I wanted only to be a loyal son, no matter how hard the road might be. I never thought it was difficult to do, or even for one moment complained to God. Once a tough problem was overcome, I looked for a bigger problem. When it was finished, I looked for a tougher problem. I never had a daily schedule, but just continued 24 hours a day. It is unmistakably clear that this is the only way to be a son or daughter of God.

The number one person is the universe is God, so for His sake I want to bear His burdens. If this is your attitude, then you have to be considered His number one son or daughter. Make a list of the difficulties God has, and number them in priority, and then pick the toughest one. This is how you become a loyal son. I never asked for God’s recognition or praise because I am very busy in this chaotic world where there is much more restoration to do. There is no time to think about getting credit for myself.

If God is the king of kings of indemnity, then at least I want to be the king of indemnity on earth. A long time ago I made up my mind that I would suffer more than anyone else on earth, in either the past, present or future. In comparison, death is a rather simple way to fulfill. The pioneer climbs up first, setting the rope behind him so that everyone else can climb. It would be much easier if I were the only one climbing to the top of the mountain, but I want to leave the path behind so everyone else can come. In order to do that I had to leave a foundation at every stage, and at every stage more indemnity was required of me. To make the foundation in this secular world God had to come down to suffer in the worst part. That is the simple principle I have been living.

These steps should have been trod by the elder son-by Adam if there had been no fall-in the indirect dominion. But after the fall there was no elder son for heaven, since Cain became the elder son on the side of Satan. As the second son, Abel has no right to pioneer the road to perfection, so in order to go that road he has to go first to the satanic world and work hard to receive the birthright of elder son.

Satan holds the birthright, and Cain is the elder brother, so it won’t be easy to claim the birthright. God’s way of winning the birthright is to get Satan to surrender it willingly-that is the only strategy acceptable to God. You can imagine the degree of suffering involved: Satan’s hardened heart and mind must be melted so that he admits that you deserve the birthright instead of him.

In the satanic world you struggle with Cain, the elder brother. On the way in, Cain goes first as the eldest. Next, Satan must willingly surrender to Abel, and then on the way back Abel is in front and Cain behind as younger brother. This sequence must be repeated at each stage, going out to the satanic world and then back again each time. You start out as servant of servant, then servant, then adopted son, stepson, then true son; next you restore Eve, then Adam, and finally you become united with God in the eighth stage. Number eight represents a new beginning.

No religion has known this secret. Most religious people have tried to go directly to the top, for they didn’t know they had to encircle the satanic world, pay indemnity, and win the heart of Cain. You have to tread the way of God’s tradition, which means going to the satanic battlefield, starting at the bottom as servant of servants. How many stages have you covered? How much have you been following the law of indemnity, and how much do you have left to pay?

It took God thousands of years to cover each step. Where would you go to restore the birthright? To the satanic world. I came to America to win the birthright. Only after restoring it can I move forward another step. I am elder brother to you, right? According to Unification Church tradition, then, when I assign someone to be a leader I am not giving him authority to command, but a commission to go down to the world to show an example of hard work.

Would you rather side with Satan, who accuses you, or with those who support you? If someone is really Abel to you, uniting with him is the key to get the blessing; it is not good if you against him. Among Dr. Durst, Mr. Kamiyama, and Reverend Kim, Rev. Kim is the eldest. If Dr. Durst is getting a hard time from the other two, then still he should not be in a position to complain. Actually they are all in the same Abel group, but Dr. Durst is in the position of youngest. For him the wisest way is to follow the elder brothers’ tradition.

If ever Dr. Durst feels that America is primarily his responsibility and territory, and that he has a better way with Americans, it will only bring him more suffering. Before I assigned him to president here, his two elder brothers were already fulfilling key positions for many years. When Dr. Durst is following the tradition of Mr. Kamiyama and Reverend Kim, he will receive blessing when they do, so that is a wise strategy. Otherwise, he has to start from scratch. But in my way he can cover quickly the territory they have already opened. It comes to him freely.

This is very important in setting the Unification Church tradition. America is not a separate territory, but one portion of God’s world. God sees one world and one people, not many nations. There is no other formula for the road of indemnity. You have no idea how many millions of people paid the price for the dispensation to take one step.

If your scalp is split open in a fight, you have no place to appeal when you are servant of servant, for you have no right to see the master. In communist countries there is no place to appeal when inhumane things are done; that is just like the servant of servant’s position. God first put Himself in that position and did not complain. Maybe some American leaders think they have acquired great authority in Unification

Church, but in God’s sight they are still bound by this law of indemnity by heart. On my recent brief visit to Korea I brought a greater whirlwind than any other time. I pushed out all the elder couples, from 36 through 430 couples, who all thought they were established and settled, and sent them to front-line missions. Could they complain? They are very honored to be pushed out by me. Are you just walking back and forth, or are you ready for the opportune time to jump over? That’s how history is moving forward.

Eve gave life to two brothers, Cain and Abel. They each breast fed from her, so they should have unity and harmonious give and take at her bosom. The elder should tell the youngest to nurse first, and the younger insist that the elder go first. The only way you can win the birthright is if you are better than your brother.

Among two twins, how can we distinguish which is Cain and Abel? The one who becomes the elder brother must be doing something unique. This applies to the members also; it is the person who serves more and is more dedicated whom we regard as the elder brother. Through that sacrificial son the dispensation of God will progress. That is the deepest part of the valley, through which the river of dispensation will flow.

Dr. Durst is officially the president of the American Unification Church, but if one of you has a more serving and sacrificial attitude, then his blessing will flow through you. It is not title but state of heart that matters. If Dr. Durst cannot fulfill his responsibility, someone who is rich in heart will become leader of America instead.

Even in the future there will be no denominations in Unification Church because we know about Cain and Abel. If two brothers are struggling for power, the one who sacrifices more will win; that shall be the mainstream. Parents always want to see their children love each other. They would rejoice to see their younger son loving his elder brother more than he loves them. You don’t have to worry about getting recognition. If you make yourself a deeper valley then the water will automatically flow toward you. God wants to dwell in the deepest valley, where the water makes a lake. Your wealth will consist of tribulation and suffering, not of an easy and clever way of living. Now you know clearly all my secrets for getting to the Kingdom of Heaven.

Eve will hold her two sons, moving toward Adam; that is her road. Will the children protest that he is not their father? If so then their family will be shattered and Eve’s mission is a failure. Her mission is education of the children in the father’s tradition of following God, explaining why their father is living in a certain way. She will teach them every point of what their father looks like, and how he acts. When the children see other people, they will recognize and apply some of the points taught them by their mother and understand more about their father.

In the Western world today the Cain and Abel nations are America and West Germany. Which is the Eve country? Japan. Japanese members came to America and Germany to feed members here by educating them. Any good mother makes sacrifices for her children, and our Japanese members have given much to nurture both America and Germany. Even if Japanese members become thin and pale from overwork, they have no way to complain because theirs is the mother’s role. You have wondered why Japanese members are so short. Now you know. It is because they have given mother’s milk to all the big American and German members, and they have no strength to grow bigger themselves.

The Japanese members are not allowed to complain even once about the role they are playing. Japan has one more important role. It must look for Adam and teach the children what kind of father they will have. The two babies happen to be tall Westerners, and they look alike, with blue eyes and a big nose, but the face of their mommy is very different! The children are accustomed to certain kinds of food like bread and cheese, but the mother eats rice and miso soup. They wonder, “How can she be my mother?” And then when the children meet their father, they see he is a Korean, and he eats hot ko-chi-chong and kimchee!

When the children look at their history, they see that at one time America and Germany were enemies. Here we have four impossible elements, Korean, Japanese, American, and German, but we have to make them one, uniting them into one culture. Once they are united, they must move up one more step to unite with God, but that final step will be the easiest. Do you think I made this up just in order to push you I more? No, this is the principle of restoration and I cannot deviate from it at all.

What kind of program do I need to unite these nations? One cardinal rule for the training program I have devised is that there is no room for complaint. Even with great perseverance, however, it is still difficult to become one. But without such unity, there is no hope for the Kingdom of Heaven. Do you think I had an easy time bringing you this far?

You are clever people and no one can deceive you. Only the most heartistic truth can convince you. Furthermore, I went the path ahead of you. You know my experience and accomplishment, so you trust me. Great blunders were made over and over in history because no one knew the secret of indemnity.

Religion should be persecuted; if any religion is welcome from its beginning, stay away from it. Look instead for the religion which receives the worst persecution. The Unification Church has grown to the worldwide level under persecution. I could have spoken only nice words about America, but I spoke the truth, and sometimes the truth is painful. In this nation all the Cain groups have been against me, and they hit me very hard, but still I am winning. You follow because you find more righteousness here. You have hope to gain more here.

I know the psychology of parents. Your parents gave you love and food and education so that you could become great in society and take care of them later. Then I showed up, and they think I took you away. But in reality you came to me. I never forced you anywhere; you simply followed. The Washington Monument rally was a controversial event. I could have said nice things about President Carter, but I came to America as a judge and prophet to tell the truth to the nation and leaders.

I proclaimed that our next rally would be in Moscow. At first many communists thought it was a joke, but I meant it, and in many ways I am preparing for it. Many American young people today live the lazy grasshopper way of life, but in the Unification Church we are like the ant that works diligently all day. The ant has a very thin waist because it works hard all the time.

The territory of America’s mission is worldwide. This nation has had the role of leader and elder brother, but in many cases it took advantage of other nations. Now it must go out to give to others. The younger brother nations have been economically and spiritually poor, so America must give everything to them and lift them up. You have a lifestyle of plenty, so this nation can build wonderful homes for Africans, Asians, and South Americans. Americans think this nation’s wealth belongs to them, but if they don’t use it for God’s mission then it will all slip away, no matter what they do. No white man or black man can say this; only a yellow man can say this.

Without the unity of four cultures, there is no way you can attain true love. We simply have to do it. Those who were in the garden of Eden all turned against each other, and you can know that the last days are at hand when the prophecy is fulfilled that the members of your own family are your enemy. America is fulfilling that prophecy now. Parents have become enemies to themselves and their children, and brothers and sisters have become enemies. If America cannot come out of that situation, it shall be destroyed.

I came to America with the solution which enables families to make loving relationships. Divine Principle is the unifying principle, especially for the family. Even divorced parents can be restored back to each other. If America will receive this word from me, this nation will be blessed. But restoring family unity is nowhere as difficult as restoration of unity among four nations. In our movement we are in a position to unite four cultures, so uniting your own family is an easier task in comparison.

No matter how much difficulty you may encounter, you must restore. the four position foundation in your family. I want you to have confidence; once you truly know Divine Principle in your heart, restoring your family is an easy goal compared to what we must fulfill in the Church.

Unity of the four nations is our next challenge. The easiest way would be to bring people of all four nations within your bosom to receive your milk, uniting them in one family. If your brother-in-law is German, your uncle Japanese, your sister-in-law Korean, and you are American, then you have four nations in one family.

Whether you like it or not, you cannot decline, and you must accept the challenge. Since I am already thinking this way, many of you ask for international marriage. God knows this is the best way to unite the four nations. You know this, even if you can’t explain it too well. If you can’t do this then you can’t say you have fulfilled the goal of heartistic restoration, and you can’t dream of entering God’s direct dominion.

Now the second three seven-year courses are beginning, and I must give you clear direction. God has been following this tradition and principle, so I am no exception. For the last 21 years I have done exactly what I am explaining to you today, indemnifying 2,000 years of Christian history. Even though I faced persecution the whole time, I created a ladder through the eight stages to the direct dominion of God’s love.

It took me sixty years to create this ladder, covering 6,000 years of history. How long will you take? Your job is easier because the pioneering work has already been done. God wants your share to be done quickly because He is anxious to restore the Kingdom of Heaven, so He wants you to get your job done in six years and six months. I am teaching you exactly how to do that. This mission still has eight distinct stages, so I want to give you the condition of doing the whole course in microcosm. If you really accept and welcome this course, it doesn’t have to take even six years, but only six months, because the foundation I have laid is so powerful. In time the whole world will accept me, and then that job won’t even take six months.

Today we had a big rally, and the press was there as early as eight o’clock because they wanted to see me. I didn’t speak until noon, so that meant they waited for four hours. Their attention is different now, for they want to know about me. If they stand for three hours among you, they have to be affected by your sincerity because they have heard so many evil things about our Church.

If the two major papers, the New York Times and Washington Post, realize the harm they have done and declare it to the world, then the world can turn around overnight. The heavenly force is pushing them, so they have to repent at one time or another. You worry that I have been indicted, but I never thought about it; I only thought about the universal dispensation, and God has given this opportunity to seize the world’s attention.

The microcosm of restoration can be fulfilled in home church. Home church is your universe, and without fulfilling there you cannot enter the Kingdom of Heaven. The job is easy from now on because we don’t recognize national boundaries, and wherever we go we do home church. Among home church people there shall be one family, even among people of enemy nations. Later home church champions will be wanted everywhere, and people will even smuggle them into hostile nations, for that is the only way the nations can be saved. That time will come.

Your 360 homes represent 360 degrees, meaning all four directions, north, east, south and west; a year also has about 360 days. True Parents have accomplished their victory, and by setting this small condition of home church you are entitled to inherit what they have won. Restore three generations: restore Adam’s failure plus Jesus’ unfulfilled mission, and inherit True Parents’ era, paying indemnity for Christian opposition by doing home church. You have that responsibility. My victory was not won for my sake, but for you. Now I am waiting for each of you to fulfill this miniature condition. Then I can gladly give the entire victory to you as your inheritance.

Jesus Christ bore the cross because a certain number was not fulfilled. He needed twelve disciples, then 72 disciples. There were ten generations between Adam and Noah, and in addition Cain and Abel made twelve generations. The ten generations after Noah until Abraham, plus Shem and Ham make twelve generations. At the time of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob were two vertical generations. In Jacob’s time the number twelve was extended horizontally.

In Unification Church the indemnification of all these generations is done through the 36 couples. Consummating the vertical history on earth, Jacob defeated the angel, won the heart of his elder brother, and had twelve children. Twelve is a central number because it is a vertical number. In each tribe there are six members, and twelve times six makes 72. The Bible says Jesus had 70 disciples, but to be exact it was 72. Twelve would become the forefather’s position, and 72 would become the children’s position. Jesus was crucified because he did not have 72 or 84. If three generations has been set up in Jesus’ time, Jesus, children, and grandchildren, then Jesus would not have been crucified. Certainly if Judaism had accepted him, Jesus could have had three generations.

The two major families at Jesus’ time were Joseph’s family and Zechariah’s family, which was the Cain family from which John the Baptist came. These two families were meant to work together, but when they failed to unite, they were shattered. Within your home church Joseph and Zechariah’s families are expressed as Cain and Abel.

You have two types of home church, the Cain type is in your 360 homes, and after that is restored, you will do Abel-type home church in your own family. When both are completed, you are elevated to the parent’s position, the Messiah’s position, and then you are in heaven. In this miniature dispensation I have made your job practical and easy.

People in this world can be classified into three categories: first are married couples, representing Adam’s family; second are couples who live together without marriage, plus the realm of engagement, representing Jesus’ position; the third realm is men and women who are still looking forward to engagement and marriage; this represents the Second Advent. You will find all of these types opposing you in home church. Your job is to make them willing to capitulate; this is not a militant goal, but a heartistic, loving goal. Would you welcome me to your home, to every room in the house? Your goal is to be welcomed as openly as that in your home church area. If you really know the formula, you can bring your people to understand the importance of home church in one week and they will join with you.

Dr. Durst, do you understand the importance of home church? You are trying to work out some pragmatic way to get quick results, but since home church comes out of Principle, each person has to walk the Principle way. Without this road can you enter heaven?

Home church is like a launching pad. The fuel of your rocket is true love, and then your rocket can fly. When you reach the moon, God will come down and recharge you with His love. Next you will land at the sun. God knew my mission, and He had a reason to give me my name. Going up is moon-sun, and going down is sun-moon.

You don’t like indemnity; I don’t like indemnity either, but we cannot bypass indemnity. No matter what leadership position you have in our Church, without going through home church you cannot reach that moon. In Korea I pushed out all the older couples to do home church. Even if they were leaders of businesses, they still had to do home church. Not a single one of them opposed my plan.

As soon as I got to Korea I called all of them together and told them to write their resignations as company presidents, and in one hour I had them all. Then I gave them the home church mission. Does only a backward country like Korea need home church, and not a civilized country like America? If I did that in Korea, do you think I could do it here? If I pushed you like I have the elder members in Korea, it would be a social scandal, wouldn’t it? All the newspapers would call me a racist.

I have many continents to visit and I may not be here in America in three years. Who can say I should stay here? America is only one nation. Have you experienced forty days of pioneering in the summer? We have only been doing that here for two years. In Korea it was started in 1957. If your attitude is that you are obliged to do it as a condition, and you just look over your area as though it were a summer vacation, is that evangelism? I have taught you everything you need to know, so just go ahead and see what you can do.

Actually, home church was initiated here in America, in the last part of 1977. The home church dispensation has existed for less than five years. Since I have given this formula for home church for the restoration of all people around the world, my mission is all done; that is what God has been wishing for 6,000 years, what I have wished for sixty years, and is what you can do in six months or six years.

In 21 years I have completed all the spiritual foundation for restoration. Now it is your time, your children’s course. I have made a spiritual foundation, and now I want to create a worldwide economic foundation in the next seven years. That is why I went to Germany. I have been a controversial figure in the religious field, and now maybe I will be controversial in the economic and business fields. When that foundation is completed in seven years, the foundation for the Moscow rally will be done.

Now it is your turn. Do not lose this golden opportunity I have given you to meet the condition in seven years. Attack it and fulfill in seven years. This is a new era and now you are in my role. If you don’t do well in seven years, your course will be expanded to 21 years, and I know you don’t want that. We are marching toward the final goal.

Make a determination to take off as servant of servant. In order to fulfill that role a person must be willing to give his life at least three times, but people in the free world are not quite ready to do the things that God wants them to do. You will be going to the satanic world seven times at the risk of your life, then moving to another stage. That’s why Jesus said that the person who was ready to lose his life for Jesus’ sake would find it. Jesus also taught that the members of your own family are your enemy if they block the way.

Have you ever heard in all history of parents kidnapping their own children? That has happened to the Unification Church, however. Jesus’ supreme teaching was to love your enemy, meaning not just someone in your family who doesn’t like you, but any person trying to attack and kill you. You are working to pass the examination on the family and national levels, and then you should move on to the worldwide level.

To go through all the stages, you must be prepared to risk your life 21 times. This is a serious business, but unless you go through it you are not entitled to receive heavenly blessing. What is the price tag of all this? Actually human history has lasted 800,000 years, not 6,000. For 80,000,000 years the world evolved and the population of the earth has been in the billions. During this time God and mankind together could not raise up even one perfected Adam. How much sacrifice was paid during that time? You have no idea.

God had to restore one Adam; Adam had to restore one Eve, and Eve had to restore Cain and Abel, who then must restore all the tribes of the world. Could they ever figure out how to do it without knowing the Divine Principle? Finally in the 20th century one man was born through whom God has accomplished restoration of all history, and also given the course of home church so that everyone has a way to get to heaven. All this was done in one short lifetime. This is an incredible victory! This is so valuable that you couldn’t exchange it for the whole planet.

What price tag can you put on that victory? If one person dissents and says he doesn’t want to go that route, would the foundation of the Kingdom of Heaven be shaken? Never. If each member has 360 homes, less than two million members could reach all mankind. Later on when people can’t find 360 homes nearby, there will be a great movement as they look for an area for themselves. It is such an incredible story that it is hard to believe; you can believe it if you want to, but whether you say yes or no, or good or bad, it doesn’t count any more.

Shall we do home church? I have given you everything you need to know, so actually I don’t need to meet you frequently. You know how you can defeat Satan, how to pay indemnity. In your heart you know what my position is. Do you want the easy way out or the hard way? The luxurious way, or the sacrificial way? Do you want to go to a friend’s home, or an enemy’s home?

I have given sixty years of my life in obtaining this victorious foundation, and now you can inherit the entire thing in six years. What a bargain! Do you think you can do it? After you know this truth, all you have to do is pack your bag with Divine Principle and a videocassette and go to your home church. You don’t need Dr. Durst, or Rev. Moon. Just dig down in your home church.

I want to chase you out now! That is my concept. Amen means number, one man. Now you know the tradition: restoration by indemnity for the sake of restoration of heart. Heartlistic restoration by indemnity is the tradition. The starting point is the servant of servant’s position, then the position of servant. A servant has a master, and I know you expect the worst master. When you become an adopted son, your adopted parents will be the worst animals to you. Your stepparents will be the worst in the world. When you become a son, your loving parent will train you to be a great man of God by giving you harsh tasks. If you think about yourself and complain all the time, do you think you can win?

When you visit 360 homes, you will be kicked 360 times, but still you must go. You have to shed blood, but even if you die at home church you will still be better off. We can thank God by telling Him that by being a servant of servants we know His heart and the ordeal He has been through. No matter how difficult your life is, don’t ask God to comfort you. To be a son of filial piety means to comfort God when you are in the worst position. When you are suffering, God already knows it. You should rather plunge yourself to the place of death before praying to God to take away your suffering. Even if you die in fulfilling your mission, God will resurrect you.

Without that kind of foundation you cannot expand, or grow new branches and leaves. The root is God and the True Parents are the trunk, and their essence is coming through you as the branches. The leaves are consuming energy, so you have to pull energy from God. If you say you don’t want to do your responsibility, you cannot pull energy from the root. You are persecuted and treated badly, but still you must be ready to comfort God and go on.

Many people thought that when I came I would set the date of their blessing, but instead you have been given a bigger blessing today! There is a much hotter issue at hand. Today in the name God and True Parents I am giving you this mission. Truly the Kingdom of Heaven is yours, and God and True Parents are becoming one with you. Amen!

## PARENTS’ DAY AND THIS AGE

By Fami1yfed June 20, 2018 June 20, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1981

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### April 5, 1981
World Mission Center
Translator – Sang Kil Han

#### Copyright © 1981 by Holy Spirit Association for the Unification of World Christianity

Today is the 22nd Parents’ Day. Parents’ Day was established on April 10, and after that came Children’s Day, Day of All Things, and God’s Day. Centering on Parents’ Day and Children’s Day, Day of All Things, God’s Day and the Day of Heaven would all have come into being at the same time. Then, of course, the history of restoration would not have been necessary. As a result of the fall, however, children have no connection with parents, and the things of creation have no connection with either parents or the children of God. Certainly, no true parents have been found in the world of the fall.

Salvation actually means saving the four heavenly days also. They should have no other origin except God. The first Parents’ Day marks the beginning of transition from the old world to a new world. This transition is not a concept; in the 21 years since the first Parents’ Day, the world has really changed in dramatic ways. There has been no comparable period in all history, and now the completion of that transition is inevitable. One day we will also bring a Day of Heaven into being, the day when the world will be united. The Unification Church is marching toward this definite goal.

This new history is not compiled by the human element alone; God has an active part in it. Therefore, in the past 21 years and in the 21 years still to come-roughly forty years-we will witness unique developments. The first 21 years was the period in which the Unification Church emerged in this new world, becoming quite visible to the communist and democratic blocs. Also, a world of Unificationism will come into being. What characterizes that world? It puts God at the center of life; we can call that ideology Godism. The three ideologies-democracy, communism and Godism-will interact as the new way of life is brought in. Increasingly, however, Godism will be brought to peoples’ attention.

What is communism? It is materialism based on Satan. What is democracy? It is chiefly centered around religion, particularly Christianity. It is a way of life centering around children, for Jesus was filling the position of adopted son. Democracy stresses spiritualism and things of the mind, instead of material things. In contrast, communism stresses materialism and is servant-centered; in Principle terms, it is the Cain-side. Thus, democracy would be the Abel-side.

Just as the mind and body of the fallen individual are always in conflict, communism and democracy are always in conflict. The contemporary world is a reflection or deployment of that individual conflict on a world scale. There are broadly two kinds of person: one, who is pursuing material things, and the other who is turning inward to spiritual things. Which would be the ideal way of living? The original way would be for the mind and body to be in accord.

Where would the mind send the body? The original goal of the individual was to follow his parents. Where would they go? Toward God. Once they reached God they would not face Him, but stand behind Him. Wherever God goes, the parents would follow; and wherever parents go, children would follow. If the body raised any objections, the mind would refuse to change direction. The mind would have firm control and tell the body that it cannot go anywhere it wants to, but must follow the direction of Principle.

Why should the path be uniform? Because everyone and everything want to go where love is. Thus, it is inevitable that they go in the same direction. Love is where God is and where parents are; therefore, all things are directed there. When seen through the glasses of love, everything is beautiful and nothing will be disagreeable to us. Wherever we are would be a place of happiness.

Freedom is very precious, but it becomes meaningful only after we find happiness. Which is more important- freedom or love? Love is by far more precious. Love must exist only according to God’s law of creation. It only comes when we follow parents and when parents follow God. That is the Principle. Love comes into being whenever that happens. In other words, there is no love unless we follow parents and follow God, and there is no freedom when we do not have love. Today we see that the world is confused, that young people are searching for freedom without even knowing what it is, without knowing what will lead them to love.

American members in Unification Church who were used to doing whatever they wanted are now challenged by everything we do here, but now they know why they must do those things. We do them because true freedom comes from true love; once we have true love, then we will have true freedom. To reach true love, however, we have to abide by God’s rigid law, and in doing so we do things we may not enjoy. We accept that with the knowledge that we are guaranteed to reach parents, God and love. Through this gospel we realize that in True Parents there is a way to get to heaven and God.

Meeting God does not mean we become His equal in a democratic sense, but that we follow God. When God and His children meet, where would they go together? Certainly they would go to heaven. Certainly if there had been no fall, going to heaven would have been automatic. As it is, would the few fallen people who find True Parents and God leave everyone else behind and go to heaven? The first few individuals would assemble as families and a clan, and ask God to be their leader. After more clans are assembled, they would ask God to be the leader of the nation, and then to be the leader of the world.

This is what we have stood for all along. In Unification Church our goal is to bring the whole world under God, and with God as a leader to go forward in the ultimate direction. Will it be an easy thing to achieve? There is only one style of life in the Unification Church-even if the individual sees he must be sacrificed, still he feels the family must get ahead. Each one of us is determined that the nation and the world will get ahead because of us. Otherwise, it is wishful to think of bringing the world under God.

Is it easy to live the Unification Church life? We have to go through difficulty so great that, though we are alive and moving, still we are like dead people. If someone talks to that person, he will not respond, but will keep on going. Jesus said that those who are willing to die will live, and those who want to live will die.

Are we going to follow the servant’s ideal, which is communism; or the children’s ideal, which is democracy; or the parents’ ideal, which is Godism? It was inevitable that these three ideologies appear in our age. Even though people may find the ideal of Godism in Unification Church, from lack of understanding they may still be inclined to either Cainism or Abelism. The whole world will come to this ultimate crossroads.

Then how will Godism continue to exist? The only way for Godism to flourish is for the people who believe in it-the Unification Church members-to work harder and more bravely than the communists and those under democracy. What is the essential difference between the two old ideals and the new ideal? First, Godism has the vertical relationship, whereas the other two are horizontal and have no vertical connection.

Certainly the vertical connection would be closer to the original way. Without the fall it would have been automatic. God created Adam and Eve in a vertical relationship with Him, intending for them to deploy that in a horizontal relationship with each other. First Adam was created from the image of God, and then Eve was created from the image of Adam. First came the vertical relationship, and from that the horizontal relationship.

Throughout history, East and West have had a different emphasis, with the East emphasizing the vertical, or spiritual side of life, and the West focusing on the horizontal, or physical side of life. It is only natural, then, that the four major religions have begun in the East. Buddhism began in India, Islam in the Middle East, Confucianism in China; Judaism and Christianity also began in an area considered to be the East. The Unification Church also sprang from an Eastern civilization.

The more you search for spiritual things, the more you have to discard material things. Since the physical side of life cannot be totally wasted and disregarded, custody of its advance and development was given to Western civilization. Today we see an Oriental nation starting to surpass the materialistic West in industrial matters. Why would that happen? The time must come when the spiritual side and material side will connect somewhere. Japan is taking that role.

Westerners must be aware that material things do not belong to them, but belong to God. Those who were given custody of material by God should follow a course back toward the spiritual side, but instead they have followed a materialistic way of life. God will make them understand they are wrong and try to change their minds. If they still do not change in time, then He will allow the communists to deprive them of all their wealth. Westerners must quickly find the reason they have been able to accumulate so much material wealth, which is to make it of use for the spiritual side. If they can quickly make the transition, then fine. But if they don’t, the communists will deprive them of their wealth anyway.

The present American government is really rocking in uncertainty. It is still undecided about whether to boldly confront the situation in El Salvador or not. The winds of communism are like a typhoon blowing those two countries together. Since a collision is inevitable, we should be determined to deal with it, not be broken by it.

At this point only the ideal of Godism is strong enough and all-encompassing enough to solve the situation. Neither democracy nor communism is adequate. This is a dramatic age of uncertainty, with people under both democracy and communism unsure of what to do. We can be assured that at such a time Godism will come to the forefront.

Democracy has always worked to make each nation a better place for its citizens to live in; witness such countries as Denmark and England. They tried to do that in a material way and were able to succeed somewhat without really looking toward God. Those nations seemed to be progressing, but today we know that those countries have come to a standstill. We see every day that America also is floundering without direction. This is the result that comes when man tries to work by himself, without God.

Japan has set itself a new course as a developing nation. The West has criticized it for not paying much attention to social welfare and security, but Japan doesn’t want to repeat the mistakes of the West. Japanese workers are content with longer hours and lower wages, but in the West workers want fewer hours and easier tasks, like the grasshopper in the summer. The Japanese work industriously like the ants, and when the cold winter comes it will be the ant which rescues the grasshopper.

I knew this is how things would develop. I am committed to change this trend in the West, based on Godism, and I want to make Westerners strong enough to do even more than the Japanese.

Though Godism is the stronger ideology, the only way for people under Godism to win the victory is to work harder than the opposition. It is only reasonable that without working harder we cannot become better than democracy or communism. Do you have confidence to do that?

Rather than simply getting along with the other two ideologies, I want to be an independent central figure. I want to grab both of them in our hands and bring them closer to God. You must clearly know that this is our goal. If the members and leaders think that they cannot meet a higher standard-or are reluctant to work in Africa, for instance-with that limited thinking they will never meet the goal. Godism has no boundaries; it will go beyond all boundaries and encompass the last person on earth. There is no distinction here between black and white. It is imperative that we go beyond racial feeling, and not be aware of who is white or black. We must bring the black nations with the left hand and the white nations with the right hand, and make them one in love. This is why we have stressed international marriage.

In the present age we must bring these three “isms” together. Today in the democratic and communist countries we see the symptoms of the end of ideals in the immorality and the drug use. We have to wash away all those things and make new people there. We have to make and administer a medicine for all that. Democracy and communism have both gone as far as they can, so this new Godism will have to rise up strongly and reach out nation by nation. When the time comes, you must approach the nations; you cannot remain a lone individual. You are working impossibly hard in order to better yourself, so that when the precise time arrives you will be prepared. In a short time here in America, I have brought people of all races into oneness.

Godism is here to fulfill the ideal and purpose of creation; that ideal is for parents and children together to center around God, making the four position foundation. Then all men will yearn to go in only one direction, to one destination, which is to become unified with love.

We go to every corner of the world to bring people into love, into one unity with God. Once we do that, we will have heaven on earth. We only cherish a person as God’s child, not for his race or nationality. The only thing I remember is whether a person is in God’s image, not that he is of a certain race; not whether he is handsome or beautiful, but whether he has much or little love.

What is the difference between children, servants, neighbors and cousins? The children are different in that they will fight against anything that threatens their parents’ ideal. You can recognize a true child of God by his sensitivity and willingness to risk his life to protect God’s ideal. Cousins and neighbors will tend to be critical of the direction God and parents may go. But a child would love them even if they did something upside down, even if they were limping. He would feel that his parents are limping because they worked so hard taking care of their children. He would be proud of his parents, not ashamed.

If you apply this criterion, you can immediately discern what position someone is in. Which position would you like to be in? When the parents carry a cross on their shoulders, we also want to carry that cross. Whoever is reluctant to carry that cross is more of a cousin or neighbor than a true child. Are you sons and daughters of God?

Are you Americans going to go out of your way to help protect the cause of a yellow man like me? When there is pressure and persecution from the government, will you shrink into a corner, or will you shout out, “What’s wrong with the Moonies?” I don’t like those who try to hide; they can never be real sons and daughters. What would have happened if I hadn’t fought back against the accusations of the Fraser committee and the Carter administration? If anything blocks God’s way to the world, I will say so without hesitation and get rid of it. Are you 120 day trainees children of God, servants of God, or bystanders? Will you confront anything that opposes you? I have found in the past that Americans give nice answers very easily. Is your answer today a cheap one, or an expensive one?

God created religions, and Christianity in particular, so that democracy could grow and fallen man could be free to reach perfection. America was started by the Abels of the religious world who gathered here to build a new nation. It stands to reason, then, that America should always be ready to stand up for God with unswerving belief. It should have strong families which unite around a belief in God, but today America is not that way.

God has three major problems today-the churches are separated from Him, the young people indulge in immorality, and families are breaking apart. If the churches and families are broken down then eventually the country will break apart under the force of communism. The problem of immorality, the social permissiveness toward homosexuality, free sex and drugs, are all fragmenting American families and churches. If God wants a strong America then Satan will try to weaken it through all these trends.

The communists want to destroy everything the free world stands for, such as spiritual life and strong families. Thus, we can see that communism is a satanic ideology. Communists discourage good traditions, trying to influence people to deny America’s ideals. The communists always want to cause separation-between children and parents, between families, between old people and young people. Then they try to cause conflict there. Satan characteristically tries to cause division and conflict, and that is exactly the technique used by communists. In the beginning Satan separated Adam and Eve, and they inherited that quality from him. When the communists cause separation and conflict between parents and children, Satan will approve it.

In contrast to that, what is God’s ideal? He wants to unite instead of separate. He yearns for everything to be united with Him. We see this struggle throughout the world. Every day in the news we hear of fierce fighting in the world, with one side promoting God’s cause, and the other trying to destroy it by slandering God’s side and misleading people. You must understand the significance of this age-it is the culminating theme of these three ideologies.

Then why do parents come to this earth? There is a twofold purpose-to realize God’s ideal, and to save fallen mankind. If there were not fallen people then certainly the task would be easier and more pleasant. If there were only a million people in the world, don’t you think the word of God would have been established already? This is why religions have always encouraged people to remain celibate and not have children.

Then what is the objective of true children? It is the same as their parents’ ideal-to help establish God’s original ideal of creation, and help restore all the fallen people. How do you save people? By recreating them; to restore people means to recreate them. In the garden of Eden there were Adam and Eve, and Cain and Abel. When they reached perfection, God wanted them to become completely one, which meant that God could be situated right between them. The process of becoming completely one is love itself; without love, it is impossible.

If there was any rift between Adam and Eve then certainly they could not become one. But when they become one in love then God would live with them and they would wear the clothes of love. God wanted to cover them up with love. Then wherever they went they would inhale the fragrance of love and see nothing but scenes of love. If God was pulling Eve around, Adam would certainly follow because of love. Once love sets in, there can be no separation.

Is love necessary even when we eat? Why? If you are eating for the sake of love, how much more joyful it is. If you have beautiful clothes, you wear them for the person you love, not your enemy. If you have a beautiful mind of love, you wear beautiful things for the subject of your love. Then wearing nice clothes is a wonderful thing to do.

Do you need love when you are sleeping? Do you need more money or more love? American women are so practical that they would want money, right? You only need money on a few occasions, however, not every minute. If you go to your husband’s bedroom, must you carry money? If you are full of love, that is all that is needed. We know that love is more necessary than any other precious thing. Does God need money, power, knowledge, or love? ;

When love is fulfilled then the archangel has no place to invade. He can come close and stand on the periphery, but can’t get in. True children should stay close by, wherever their parents are, but because of the fall that did not take place. Adam and Eve did not become close; because there was division between them, God could not dwell with them, and their children went away on their own independent course. Wherever they went, Satan stood guard and demanded a passport, asking where they were going and why they should be allowed to move freely.

Satan has been working that way all through history for a good reason: as long as the boundaries remain, Satan can dominate, but when they are eliminated then the satanic world is no more. Satan set up a checkpoint which he won’t allow people to cross, so that he can keep his own domain. Larger checkpoints were needed as societies and nations developed, but that pattern has lasted until today. Instead of allowing God to be at the center of the original world, Satan has used a similar pattern to bring everything under him.

There has to come a time when the satanic side will have to do its worst, promoting everything that God hates most. When that happens we will know that even the end of communism must be near. Parents and children should be the closest, so when they feel like enemies it will mark the ending of the false world. If parents and relatives try to prevent the children from going to the godly side, then we know that Satan must be working.

We can figure out that what Satan would hate most would be for God to expand His foundation. That final foundation would be the new religion of God’s original ideal. Another distinguishing characteristic of the God centered movement will be unity in its families, for in Satan’s world parents and children would be enemies. The most difficult thing to achieve, even though people have talked about it for centuries, would be unity between black and white people and between East and West. But the God-centered church will achieve it.

This is precisely what Unification Church is doing, and we are carrying it out with our lives to the world level. People will be wild to oppose that movement, just like mad dogs. A mad dog doesn’t know why he is mad, but just barks at everyone-the master, the servant and the children. If a mad dog starts barking, other dogs will join in, even without a legitimate reason. But one dog has a keen enough sense of smell to recognize the master, and that is the Unification Church.

In your opinion will communism or democracy survive the longest? Unificationism or democracy? God protects us because He loves the cause we are working for. How could a country boy from the mountains of northern Korea survive great opposition and come to world prominence if God was not there? God protected me because He loves me. God protects us because He needs us. I have always been alone, with no nation taking my side or helping me. That is why the world will call me a fearful person, a heroic, indestructible man.

How can we say we have True Parents now? Always the evil side has attacked goodness and taken it to the evil side by force. But now with True Parents the good side will deliver the evil side with love. No brothers can come into unity horizontally without parents. First Cain and Abel come into unity, then become one with parents, and then become one with God Himself. This is the pattern of restoration, the four position foundation. Once the children become one with their parents, becoming one with God is automatic. This applies to nations as well. There will always be conflict in the satanic world, but by following this heavenly pattern mankind will always come into unity.

The Cain individual will follow the Abel individual. The church is in Abel’s position to the country, like the mind is Abel to the body. Together they can go into heaven. Through Abel the country will eventually enter God’s world. The individual will follow Abel, who is in a position following the family. In other words, the individual Abel’s position becomes Cain to the family level.

The clan is Abel to the family; that family must follow the higher Abel. The nation is Abel to the clan. Because the nation must bear more difficulty and pay more indemnity, it is Abel to the clan. Whichever has more difficulty is Abel. The spirit world will be on a higher level; since it includes thousands of generations, it has a more difficult burden.

How can an individual take the Cain position to the family, and then in the family take the Cain position to the clan, then be Cain to the nation, and finally the world and spirit world, all in one lifetime? All of this has to be restored in actuality, not just concept. But God has arranged a passport system; if you are issued a passport which shows that you have followed Abel, you can go everywhere. Do you need that passport? The person qualified to sign your passport is the one who is king on the individual level, and king of the family, clan, society, nation, world, and spirit world.

When the President visits a governor’s house, he is automatically welcomed there, and also in the homes of individuals. He doesn’t need some passport to go to those various places. Whoever has the President’s signature authorizing him to travel can also pass as freely as the President. Isn’t that reasonable? What would you call the person who could sign your heavenly passport-your brother, teacher, friend, or parent? God knows you would call this person your parent. His signature will authorize another person to go anywhere.

Here is a sister from Russia, an enemy country. If however, President Reagan signs a paper authorizing her to travel, she can go anywhere in America, can’t she? Travelers don’t have to get clearance every time they want to journey to another place. If True Parents come in the name of God, then the individuals they authorize can travel freely anywhere. This is the only way anyone can go all the way from the family to the national level.

Do you want to qualify for this passport? You have to meet some standard first. If you finish home church successfully, then you can have a passport clearing you to go to any level. Everyone has to meet the same standard in order to get that pass. Do you think American citizenship exempts you from that qualification? Do you need Unification Church? Do you need Reverend Moon, who is an Oriental? How can you say it doesn’t matter if my eyes are black and yours are blue? We can say so because the color of love is the same for everyone. Since you all need love, you need parents.

From this transition point on, the horizontal ideal will not suffice; we need Adam’s country and Eve’s country as a vertical foundation. When that foundation becomes the focus of the horizontal relationships of other nations, rest assured that the last days are near. When countries representing Adam, Eve, and the archangel are finally united, the democratic nations and communist nations will come into unity without fighting. That is spiritual law.

Korea, Japan, and America are the focus of world attention, each being unique. They are still overcoming the feeling of being enemies from forty years ago, but with the love of God they can form unity. Then, according to God’s law, the rest of the world will become one. Under what ideal can this unity come? Not under communism or democracy, but Godism.

America, under democracy, cannot bring Korea and Japan into unity to oppose communism. Korea will always be anticommunist, and America also is basically anticommunist. But Japan still entertains the possibility of following communism, and needs a strong leader to direct it the other way. Japan is an island, an Eve country. Eve will do better to listen to the Adam country than to the archangel, or any other nation. Can Korea exercise any influence over Japan? Korea does not have horizontal influence over Japan, but in the vertical way it has some influence.

America must follow the example of some country; it is helpless under democracy, which it has tried for two centuries. If there is any FBI or CIA agent here, he can tell the government that I said the only way for this gigantic nation to survive is to listen to Reverend Moon.

Try as it may, no individual nation can find the solution by itself. When South Korea, Japan and America and the free world all make unity, they can exercise meaningful influence over the communist world. As soon as Christianity wakes up to its mission, this will not be difficult to do. For many years the Unification Church has been establishing the pattern of what a family should be, showing what morality young people should follow, and working to revive Christian churches. This will help America be reborn as a great nation. With that great nation as the center, the whole world can be united under Godism. This is God’s blueprint.

What if America fails to achieve this? Then it will cease to exist as the great country we have known. Then the center of Unification Church activity will move to another country. We are working to eliminate racial awareness among us. International marriage is a difficult thing, but we are working headlong on it.

Today is the 22nd Parent’s Day. This has come into being because God worked for this goal. The fallen seed was planted on this earth, so Adam, Eve, the archangel, Cain and Abel must be restored to the original ideal. Individual nations are already assuming the roles of Adam, Eve and archangel, and the communist nations and democratic nations represent Cain and Abel.

Japan is taking the role that England should have assumed, but failed to fulfill. Economically, Japan has done more than anyone in restoration. Because Eve fell, the Eve nation should work to bring Adam and the archangel into harmony. In just the last four years Japan has brought an incredible degree of achievement in playing this dispensational role. Japan is like a beautiful naked woman, coveted by everyone. Korea wants to be friends, America wants alliance, and the communist world wants to take it to the communist side. Which country Japan marries will be important not only to Japan’s future, but the world’s future.

Today’s young people have cut themselves adrift from the past generations, which have so loudly opposed me. These young people will all come to the Unification Church in the future. Can any military or political power digest and influence the Moonies? Will the small number of Moonies digest America, or will America engulf them? We are following God’s blueprint to bring unity and peace to mankind. Then former enemies can come into unity and establish a new tradition. For instance, Japanese members love me more than their own emperor, and when they come to America they love this nation more than Americans do. The Unification Church has caused that amazing phenomenon.

Not too long ago American members wondered why so many Japanese members were needed here, but now you know. They are fulfilling a different position than Americans; also they take me more seriously than American members. Naturally those in the archangel position must listen to those in the Eve position.

The world is divided into two big blocs of communism and democracy. Korea and Germany are both divided nations; one is divided horizontally, east to west, and the other divided vertically, or north to south. This is symbolic of all the separations in the world. The division of Germany represents separation between brothers, or the human element. Korea’s division represents the elements of the satanic world and heavenly dispensation. Korea is being offered as an altar for all the heavenly elements God has worked on.

If the situation in Korea is worked out, the other kind of division can automatically be solved. As soon as East and West come into unity, the problems of Western civilization will healed. If Korea were a big country, with hundreds of millions in population, that would be difficult to achieve. But because it is small, it is easier for God to work there.

If the Unification Church will grow in numbers, then Korea will automatically turn to the heavenly path and unity will be attained. Then unity elsewhere will follow. It is not so difficult for 50 or 60 million people to support us; just think, if the New York Times and Washington Post endorsed the Unification Church and said it was good, many people would listen. If I had been a white man, they probably would not have opposed me in the past. If they ran positive articles about me for one week, all America would support Unification Church.

If those papers repent then they will prosper again and be trusted by people. But if they continue going the wrong way then I will buy them out. We will make much money in the future so we can speed up the restoration; that’s the only reason we need money. Recently those two papers are looking at me in a different way. The News World has spoken out bravely about what is wrong with those papers, which no one else dared to do.

If I don’t carry out this purpose then you can do that in my place. You are smart, so you can judge what you must do. This is the day I have been working toward all the time. If I teach the presidents of any other nations exactly what I have taught here, they will accept it better. This will certainly be done. Are you going to stand by and watch, or will you participate in doing that?

We are not following the Oriental way, but the providential way. I brought the Japanese members here because here we are making unity between the three providential nations. At engagement time, white members weren’t so interested in marrying other white members, but in marrying men or women from the fatherland, or from Japan. Some American women complained, “What about us? ” It is according to Principle that men from the archangel nation like the women from the Eve nation. Do American women think I am right or wrong? If I were you, I wouldn’t think I was shortchanged. If you marry a Japanese or Korean and dedicate yourself to that country, you will be the central figure. How can you complain then?

We are Abel, and Abel must digest the four great cultures. Those are the Adam nation, Korea; Eve nation, Japan; Cain nation, the Soviet culture; and the archangel culture, which is America. If you can unite those four cultures then you can win the whole world, and by doing that you can accomplish God’s purpose. As Moonies, we must establish a new culture, so we must digest four cultures. We are already on that road-you like rice and kimchee, and are encouraged to learn Korean and Japanese. One day we must also learn Russian. Then you can win over everything.

Now you know what I mean by “this age, ” or “today’s world. ” You cannot connect God to the world on an individual basis, but through the five positions-Adam, Eve, archangel, Cain and Abel-and the formula course of restoration you can do it. You only have to wait a few years to judge whether the world is or isn’t going in that direction. Are you confident to do it now, or will you wait and see? There is no question that this is the future trend of the world.

Everything I have predicted in the last twenty years has come true, no matter how incredible it sounded. It doesn’t matter whether people help or criticize-this will come to pass because God is working. Regardless of what the world is today, the fact that True Parents have established Parents’ Day is truly the gospel. At this unique time in history you can work, sweat and receive the same persecution with the Parents. Will you drag along in discouragement, or will you go with a shout? God and the spirit world will go along with you if you go joyfully. If you go dispiritedly, later they will ask why you did not work fully when the opportunity was there. Divine Principle directs us clearly this way, and spirit world already knows it.

You cannot go to heaven whenever you like; spirit world must endorse you. History will judge whether you lived up to the standard of the Abel side. Unification Church members have not understood the formula clearly enough to be determined to follow this path, but have vacillated. If you can correct that now, then you will go straight forward.

It will be more difficult to see me in the future; I will not always be speaking every Sunday. Not everyone will be able to come where I am, whenever they want. Already you have seen that as the dispensation broadens I am away more and you do not see me as much. If presidents of 120 countries want to see me for three days each, that alone would take 360 days. When would I find the time to see you and encourage you? I certainly have to visit many countries.

As time goes on you will have more and more to do. Especially here in America you have heard enough about God and the dispensation already, so even though I don’t talk to you every week you should be able to carry this out.

It is up to you. It remains for you to live up to what heaven has shown you; you don’t need me to lead you by the hand. Unless you go forward on your own, you can never be independent. In doing home church you will be doing exactly what I have been doing on earth, so you are stepping into my shoes, into what has already been established on a world scale.

Unification Church leaders will consult with everyone who works hard for the heavenly cause and will work with them for God’s goal. If some members are working harder than the leader, he must consult with them; then the work and that leader will prosper. If not, that leader will decline and the harder-working person will prosper. That is because God’s mainstream always follows the one who works hardest.

Some person may speak very well and have many nice ideas, but his endeavors may not last long. God’s work will be expanded through the person who works hardest and gives his heart the most. All my life I have been working, even after my responsibility was finished. I only want to add to the foundation that has been built, not to live off it. God does not follow the person who expects recognition, but follows the person who does more than his share and still continues to give. That is the mainstream of the Unification Church.

This is the tradition the True Parents leave behind, and is what I want you to inherit; it has much more value than leaving you money or property. I am entitled to rest now, but I don’t, so no one else is entitled to take things easy either. This tradition is the best gift I could give you. It is the result of my sweat, and through home church you can distribute this to the world.

If I had only given orders in my capacity as Abel, then Unification Church progress would have been very slow. But instead I carried out everything myself and showed the members through my example. That is my tradition. Now the leaders have seen this clearly-not by being taught, but by seeing me do that firsthand. If they follow my tradition then many people will follow them. If you follow my direction in this then your members will more easily follow you.

I have no choice-that is the Divine Principle way. If the grandfather does that, then the parents and children must also go that way. There is no exception. This is the precious tradition you are to receive and follow. Now under my authority you carry this out in home church, shedding sweat to leave the best tradition. If you don’t do that, then the next generation will have to do it.

Communism, the decline of morality among young people, and the decline of Christianity are the big problems we must be responsible for. These are God’s biggest problems, and as His true children you must inherit them. I will solve this source of God’s agony, and will gather all the countries to work on this also.

We are all in the same boat. You may have a nice first class cabin, but if there is a hole in the boat then the water will eventually reach you. You have to be alert for that, and help repair any hole to make sure there is no danger to the ship. Can you rest and do nothing then? There is hardly time to eat. You even have to think about educating some person who can take your place if you collapse. This is a holy war we are fighting.

The crew of the boat may not be aware of danger if they see that the boat is dry. God knows more about the future of Unification Church than you do, and what dangers lie ahead, so He needs people to share His concern and make certain the boat reaches its destination. We must not just feel that if our cabin is all right that we don’t have to worry about anything else.

You can’t feel that you don’t care what America does. We have to reach shore safely by a given time. If we take too long then danger is always increasing, so we should only care about the boat going faster. We have to work desperately and hard, day in and day out. If each of you will live up to this Principle standard, then already there are more than enough people here.

Those who are determined to live up to that standard raise your hands. Then please be confident that your fist will have enough power and your muscle enough strength to accomplish it, as long as you are willing.

God bless you.